1 #LyX 2.0.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
48 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
49 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
51 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
53 \options intoc,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm,tablecaptionabove
54 \use_default_options false
55 \maintain_unincluded_children false
61 \font_typewriter default
62 \font_default_family default
70 \default_output_format default
72 \bibtex_command default
73 \index_command default
77 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
78 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
82 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
83 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
84 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
89 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
90 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,pdftex"
100 \paperorientation portrait
102 \notefontcolor #0000ff
119 \paragraph_separation indent
120 \paragraph_indentation default
121 \quotes_language english
124 \paperpagestyle default
125 \tracking_changes false
126 \output_changes false
142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
144 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
146 \begin_inset CommandInset href
148 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
159 \begin_inset Newline newline
163 \begin_inset Newline newline
167 \begin_inset Note Note
170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
171 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
172 \begin_inset Newline newline
177 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
185 \begin_layout Standard
186 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
187 LatexCommand tableofcontents
194 \begin_layout Chapter
198 \begin_layout Section
202 \begin_layout Standard
203 LyX is a document preparation system.
204 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
205 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
206 It is unlike most other
207 \begin_inset Quotes eld
211 \begin_inset Quotes erd
214 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
216 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
217 \begin_inset Quotes eld
221 \begin_inset Quotes erd
225 \begin_inset Quotes eld
229 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
232 pt type, left justified, 5
233 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
237 \begin_inset Quotes erd
241 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
245 \begin_layout Standard
246 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
249 \begin_inset Quotes eld
253 \begin_inset Quotes erd
259 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
263 \begin_layout Standard
265 \begin_inset Quotes eld
273 \begin_inset Quotes erd
276 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
277 the format of all of the manuals.
278 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
279 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
282 \begin_inset Quotes eld
290 \begin_inset Quotes erd
296 \begin_layout Section
300 \begin_layout Standard
301 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
303 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
304 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
308 \begin_layout Standard
309 Note that there is no horizontal scrollbar.
310 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
311 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
313 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
314 only a vertical scrollbar.
315 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
316 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
317 This, however, is due
318 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
319 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
320 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
321 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
323 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
324 this doesn't work for equations yet.
327 \begin_layout Standard
328 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
334 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
336 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
341 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
342 ing sections of this documentation.
345 \begin_layout Section
349 \begin_layout Standard
350 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
355 of the manuals from inside LyX.
356 Just select the manual you want read from the
363 \begin_layout Section
365 \begin_inset CommandInset label
367 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
374 \begin_layout Standard
375 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
376 without resorting to configuration files.
377 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
378 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
379 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
384 \begin_inset Index idx
387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
394 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
395 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
396 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
400 \begin_inset space \space{}
403 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
404 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
406 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
410 \begin_inset Index idx
413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
414 Reconfiguration of LyX
419 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
422 \begin_layout Section
424 \begin_inset CommandInset label
426 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
433 \begin_layout Standard
434 You can edit documents in LyX without having LaTeX installed, but you will
435 not to able to create PDFs or print your documents unless you do have it
437 However, some LyX documents use DocBook as the `backend' that can produce
438 PDFs and the like, and every LyX document can always be output as plain
442 \begin_layout Standard
443 Some document classes may depend upon specific LaTeX or DocBook classes
445 Such document classes can be used even if you do not have the required
446 files installed, but you will not be able to produce certain kinds of output.
449 \begin_layout Standard
450 The LaTeX packages that LyX has found on your system are listed in a file
451 you can view from the menu
453 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
472 If you are missing packages you need, then you must install them and then
473 reconfigure LyX (menu
475 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
479 \begin_inset Note Note
482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
483 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
484 \begin_inset Quotes eld
488 \begin_inset Quotes erd
491 from being printed with sub- and superscript letters.
492 More about TeX Code is described in section
497 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
499 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
503 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
508 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
510 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
520 \begin_inset Index idx
523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
524 Reconfiguration of LyX
529 See section 5.1 of the
533 manual for more information on installing additional LaTeX packages.
536 \begin_layout Chapter
540 \begin_layout Section
541 Basic File Operations
542 \begin_inset Index idx
545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
554 \begin_layout Standard
559 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
560 in addition to some more advanced operations:
563 \begin_layout Itemize
567 \begin_inset Graphics
568 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
569 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
576 \begin_layout Itemize
594 \begin_layout Itemize
600 \begin_inset Graphics
601 filename ../images/file-open.png
602 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
609 \begin_layout Itemize
615 \begin_layout Itemize
621 \begin_inset Graphics
622 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
623 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
630 \begin_layout Itemize
640 \begin_layout Itemize
654 \begin_layout Itemize
664 \begin_layout Itemize
670 \begin_layout Itemize
676 \begin_layout Itemize
682 \begin_inset Graphics
683 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
684 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
691 \begin_layout Itemize
697 \begin_layout Standard
698 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
699 a few minor differences.
702 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
717 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
718 you for a template to use.
719 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
720 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
721 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
727 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
729 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
736 \begin_layout Standard
737 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
746 \begin_inset Quotes eld
750 \begin_inset Quotes erd
754 \begin_inset Quotes eld
758 \begin_inset Quotes erd
762 \begin_inset Quotes eld
766 \begin_inset Quotes erd
769 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
770 space is just that — a big, blank space.
778 \begin_layout Standard
799 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
804 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
829 will reload the document from disk.
830 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
831 and want to restore it to the last save.
840 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
841 can identify them as your changes.
844 \begin_layout Section
845 Basic Editing Features
846 \begin_inset Index idx
849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
856 \begin_inset CommandInset label
858 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
865 \begin_layout Standard
866 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
867 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
868 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
869 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
871 We'll start with cut and paste.
874 \begin_layout Standard
875 As you might expect, the
879 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
880 various other editing features.
881 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
885 \begin_layout Itemize
891 \begin_inset Graphics
892 filename ../images/cut.png
893 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
900 \begin_layout Itemize
906 \begin_inset Graphics
907 filename ../images/copy.png
908 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
915 \begin_layout Itemize
921 \begin_inset Graphics
922 filename ../images/paste.png
923 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
930 \begin_layout Itemize
940 \begin_layout Itemize
950 \begin_layout Itemize
964 \begin_inset Graphics
965 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
966 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
974 \begin_layout Standard
975 The first three are self-explanatory.
976 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
977 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
986 keys also functions as the
991 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
992 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
997 to get back the lost text.
1000 \begin_layout Standard
1001 \begin_inset Index idx
1004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1010 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
1014 \begin_inset space ~
1019 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
1022 \begin_layout Standard
1025 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1027 \begin_inset space ~
1030 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1032 \begin_inset space ~
1036 \begin_inset space ~
1041 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1047 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1051 \begin_inset space ~
1056 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1057 will start a new paragraph.
1060 \begin_layout Standard
1061 \begin_inset Index idx
1064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1071 \begin_inset Index idx
1074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1082 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1084 \begin_inset space ~
1088 \begin_inset space ~
1096 \begin_inset space ~
1100 \begin_inset space ~
1106 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1111 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1114 \begin_inset space ~
1123 \begin_inset space ~
1128 button to skip the current word.
1132 \begin_inset space ~
1137 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1141 \begin_inset space ~
1146 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1148 If the toggle is set, searching for
1149 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1157 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1160 will not match the word
1161 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1169 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1175 Match whole words only
1177 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, i.
1178 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1182 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1190 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1194 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1202 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1208 \begin_layout Standard
1209 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1210 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1212 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1217 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1224 \begin_layout Section
1226 \begin_inset Index idx
1229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1236 \begin_inset Index idx
1239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1246 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1248 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1255 \begin_layout Standard
1256 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1257 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1260 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1263 or the toolbar button
1264 \begin_inset Graphics
1265 filename ../images/undo.png
1266 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1270 to undo some mistake.
1271 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1273 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1276 or the toolbar button
1277 \begin_inset Graphics
1278 filename ../images/redo.png
1279 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1284 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1288 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1291 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1292 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1295 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1298 \begin_layout Standard
1299 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1301 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1305 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1308 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1309 This is a consequence of the 100
1310 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1313 step undo limit, above.
1316 \begin_layout Standard
1325 work on almost everything in LyX.
1326 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1330 \begin_layout Section
1332 \begin_inset Index idx
1335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1344 \begin_layout Standard
1345 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1348 \begin_layout Enumerate
1353 \begin_layout Itemize
1358 once anywhere in the edit window.
1359 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1363 \begin_layout Enumerate
1368 \begin_layout Itemize
1374 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1377 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1380 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1383 \begin_layout Itemize
1384 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1386 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1393 \begin_layout Enumerate
1394 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1398 \begin_layout Standard
1399 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1400 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1404 \begin_layout Enumerate
1409 \begin_layout Standard
1414 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1419 \begin_layout Section
1421 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1423 name "sec:Navigating"
1428 \begin_inset Index idx
1431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1440 \begin_layout Standard
1441 LyX offers you two ways to navigate in documents:
1444 \begin_layout Itemize
1449 lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click
1450 to jump to the corresponding document part.
1453 \begin_layout Itemize
1456 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1459 or the toolbar button
1460 \begin_inset Graphics
1461 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
1462 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1469 \begin_layout Standard
1470 The outline window shows you the content of the document's table of contents
1471 (TOC) that is described in section
1472 \begin_inset space ~
1476 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1478 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1483 You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
1484 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1485 different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
1486 Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
1487 to the document, see section
1488 \begin_inset space ~
1492 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1494 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1503 option sorts the current list, and the
1507 option keeps it in the current view state.
1508 Keeping means that when you have e.
1509 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1513 \begin_inset space \space{}
1516 the subsections of section
1517 \begin_inset space ~
1520 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1521 \begin_inset space ~
1524 3, the subsections of section
1525 \begin_inset space ~
1528 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1533 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1534 \begin_inset space ~
1540 \begin_layout Standard
1542 \begin_inset space \space{}
1546 \begin_inset Graphics
1547 filename ../images/down.png
1548 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1553 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1558 \begin_inset space \space{}
1562 \begin_inset Graphics
1563 filename ../images/up.png
1564 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1569 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1573 at the bottom of the outline window you can change the position of sections
1575 So you can for example move section
1576 \begin_inset space ~
1580 \begin_inset space ~
1584 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1586 \begin_inset Graphics
1587 filename ../images/promote.png
1588 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1593 \begin_inset Graphics
1594 filename ../images/demote.png
1595 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1599 or the corresponding key bindings
1607 you can change the sectioning level of sections.
1608 So you can for example make section
1609 \begin_inset space ~
1613 \begin_inset space ~
1617 \begin_inset space ~
1623 \begin_layout Standard
1625 \begin_inset Graphics
1626 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
1627 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
1632 jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1633 This is for example useful when you have a large document and navigated
1634 or scrolled to another document part to look for something, and want to
1635 go back to your last editing position.
1638 \begin_layout Section
1640 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1644 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1648 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1650 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1655 \begin_inset Index idx
1658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1665 \begin_inset Index idx
1668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1699 \begin_layout Standard
1700 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1702 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1703 is used to propose completions.
1706 \begin_layout Standard
1707 By default LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that
1708 there are completions available.
1709 You can then press the
1713 key to use this completion.
1714 When several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1715 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1716 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1723 \begin_layout Standard
1724 In the preferences dialog, which is opened with the menu
1726 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1729 , the cursor completion indicator can be turned off in the section
1731 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1734 by deselecting the option
1741 Automatic inline completion
1743 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor position.
1744 To accept this proposal, use the
1753 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1754 LyX offers some more completion settings for experts that are described
1756 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1760 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1762 reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
1769 \begin_layout Section
1771 \begin_inset Index idx
1774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1781 \begin_inset Index idx
1784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1813 \begin_inset Index idx
1816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1847 \begin_layout Standard
1848 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1849 LyX's default is CUA.
1852 \begin_layout Standard
1856 \begin_inset space ~
1864 \begin_inset space ~
1885 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1889 \begin_layout Labeling
1890 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1894 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1895 LatexCommand nomenclature
1897 description "Tabulator key"
1903 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1904 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1905 \begin_inset space ~
1909 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1911 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1916 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1918 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1922 , especially section
1923 \begin_inset space ~
1927 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1929 reference "sub:Lists"
1935 If you're still confused, look in the
1942 \begin_layout Labeling
1943 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1947 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1948 LatexCommand nomenclature
1950 description "Escape key"
1957 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1961 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1964 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1965 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1968 \begin_layout Labeling
1969 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1975 \begin_inset space ~
1979 \begin_inset space ~
1986 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1987 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1991 \begin_layout Standard
1992 There are three modifier keys:
1995 \begin_layout Labeling
1996 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2002 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2010 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2014 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2015 LatexCommand nomenclature
2017 description "Control key"
2021 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
2022 on which keys it's used in combination with:
2026 \begin_layout Itemize
2035 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2038 \begin_layout Itemize
2047 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2050 \begin_layout Itemize
2059 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2063 \begin_layout Labeling
2064 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2070 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2078 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2082 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2083 LatexCommand nomenclature
2085 description "Shift key"
2089 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
2090 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2093 \begin_layout Labeling
2094 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2100 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2108 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2112 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2113 LatexCommand nomenclature
2115 description "Alt or Meta key"
2119 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2120 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2121 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2127 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2129 menu accelerator keys
2132 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2133 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2137 \begin_layout Standard
2138 For example, the sequence
2139 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2145 \begin_inset space ~
2149 \begin_inset space ~
2155 \begin_inset space ~
2163 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2167 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2171 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2176 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2182 \begin_inset space ~
2188 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2198 \begin_layout Standard
2203 manual lists all other things bound to the
2211 \begin_layout Standard
2212 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
2213 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
2214 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
2215 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
2216 The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
2217 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
2218 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
2219 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2220 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2228 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2235 followed by a capital
2242 \begin_layout Standard
2243 You can list or change the keybindings in the menu
2245 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2250 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2253 as explained in sec.
2254 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2258 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2260 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2267 \begin_layout Chapter
2269 \begin_inset Index idx
2272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2281 \begin_layout Section
2283 \begin_inset Index idx
2286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2295 \begin_layout Subsection
2299 \begin_layout Standard
2300 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2301 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2302 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2303 numbering schemes, and so on.
2304 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2305 and format the title of your document differently.
2308 \begin_layout Standard
2313 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2314 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2315 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2316 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2317 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2320 \begin_layout Standard
2321 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2322 how to adjust their properties.
2325 \begin_layout Subsection
2327 \begin_inset Index idx
2330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2337 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2339 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2346 \begin_layout Standard
2347 You can select a class using the
2349 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2350 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2354 \begin_inset Index idx
2357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2364 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2368 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2372 \begin_layout Standard
2373 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2377 \begin_layout Description
2378 Article for basic articles
2381 \begin_layout Description
2382 Report for basic reports
2385 \begin_layout Description
2386 Book for writing a book
2389 \begin_layout Description
2390 Letter for US-style letters
2393 \begin_layout Standard
2394 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2395 installed the corresponding LaTeX class files, though most LaTeX distributions
2396 will include many of these.
2397 Here are some of the classes.
2398 The full list with detailed explanations can be found in chapter
2400 Special Document Classes
2409 \begin_layout Description
2410 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2413 \begin_layout Description
2414 ACS For submissions to the journals published by the American Chemistry
2418 \begin_layout Description
2419 AGU For submissions to the journals published by the American Geophysical
2423 \begin_layout Description
2424 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2425 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2426 There are three article layouts available.
2427 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2428 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2429 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2430 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2432 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2435 sequential numbering
2436 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2439 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2440 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2441 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2442 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2445 \begin_layout Description
2446 Beamer Layout for presentations
2449 \begin_layout Description
2450 Broadway Layout for writing plays.
2451 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2455 \begin_layout Description
2456 Chess Layout to write about chess games
2459 \begin_layout Description
2461 \begin_inset space ~
2464 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2467 \begin_layout Description
2468 Elsarticle Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2471 \begin_layout Description
2472 Foils Used to make transparencies
2475 \begin_layout Description
2476 Hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2477 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2481 \begin_layout Description
2482 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2483 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2486 \begin_layout Description
2487 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2490 \begin_layout Description
2491 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2494 \begin_layout Description
2495 KOMA-Script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2496 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2497 (Is used by this document.)
2500 \begin_layout Description
2501 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2504 \begin_layout Description
2505 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2508 \begin_layout Description
2513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2520 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2521 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2523 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2526 \begin_layout Description
2527 Slides Used to make transparencies
2530 \begin_layout Description
2532 \begin_inset space ~
2535 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2536 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2539 \begin_layout Description
2540 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2543 \begin_layout Standard
2544 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2546 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in Chapter
2552 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2553 of the document classes.
2556 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2560 \begin_layout Standard
2561 New users are sometimes puzzled by the fact that many of the document classes
2564 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2565 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2567 \begin_inset Index idx
2570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2579 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2583 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2587 Or they are surprised that, when they open e.
2588 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2592 \begin_inset space ~
2599 template, they receive a warning saying that the document requires files
2600 that are not installed to produce output.
2601 So it seems that something is wrong.
2604 \begin_layout Standard
2605 But nothing is wrong.
2606 LyX includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use,
2607 and some of them, like
2611 , are highly specialized.LyX tries to support as many different types of
2612 documents as possible, and it includes almost one hundred different layout
2613 files, with a growing number.
2614 No LaTeX distribution will install by default all files that might be needed
2615 by some document class.
2616 There are just too many of them.
2617 That is why some of the document classes are unavailable.
2620 \begin_layout Standard
2621 If there is a document class you would like to use that is marked as `Unavailabl
2622 e', you need to install the appropriate package files.
2623 The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to use that
2624 document class for a new file.
2625 LyX will display a dialog that will list the missing files.
2627 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2630 Installing new LaTeX files
2631 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2638 manual for information on how to install them.
2639 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
2645 \begin_layout Standard
2646 Although LyX provides support for many different sorts of documents, it
2647 does not include support for every document class people might want to
2649 For example, many universities provide LaTeX class files to be used for
2650 dissertations submitted to those universities.
2651 The LyX team cannot write layout files to support every one of these.
2653 Fortunately, users can write their own layout files, and many users have
2656 \begin_inset space ~
2663 manual contains information on how to create layout files.
2666 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2668 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2675 \begin_inset Index idx
2678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2687 \begin_layout Standard
2688 Modules load additional features that are not by default available in the
2689 chosen document class.
2690 For example you might want to write Braille (embossed printing) in a document.
2691 This is not available in any document class, so you have to load the correspond
2698 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2702 \begin_inset Index idx
2705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2712 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of the
2716 \begin_layout Standard
2717 Some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always installed by default.
2718 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2719 You can still use the module while editing your file, but you will not
2720 be able to export to PDF or print your document, since LyX will not be
2721 able to compile the LaTeX file without the missing package.
2722 If you want to be able to produce output, then you need to install the
2723 missing package and then reconfigure LyX by selecting
2725 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2729 \begin_inset Index idx
2732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2733 Reconfiguration of LyX
2739 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2742 Installing new LaTeX files
2743 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2750 manual for more information on installing needed packages.
2753 \begin_layout Standard
2754 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2762 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2763 LyX will advise you about these things.
2771 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2775 \begin_layout Standard
2776 Each class has a default set of options.
2777 Here's a quick table describing them:
2780 \begin_layout Standard
2781 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2787 \begin_layout Standard
2789 \begin_inset Tabular
2790 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2791 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
2792 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2793 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2794 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2795 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2796 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3250 \begin_layout Standard
3251 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3257 \begin_layout Standard
3258 You're probably also wondering what
3259 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3263 \begin_inset space ~
3267 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3271 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3272 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3277 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3282 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3292 headings, there are also
3300 headings, and so on.
3301 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3302 \begin_inset space ~
3306 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3308 reference "sub:Headings"
3315 \begin_layout Subsection
3317 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3319 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3324 \begin_inset Index idx
3327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3336 \begin_inset Index idx
3339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3348 \begin_layout Standard
3349 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3351 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3362 \begin_inset space ~
3367 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3369 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3370 to use for your document.
3371 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3375 \begin_layout Standard
3382 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3388 \begin_inset space ~
3393 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3394 You can choose between the following five options:
3397 \begin_layout Labeling
3398 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3403 Use default page style of current class.
3406 \begin_layout Labeling
3407 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3412 No page numbers or headings.
3415 \begin_layout Labeling
3416 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3424 \begin_layout Labeling
3425 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3430 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3431 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3432 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3435 \begin_layout Labeling
3436 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3441 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3447 \begin_inset Index idx
3450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3451 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3457 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3458 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3460 Check the documentation for the
3464 package for more details,
3465 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3474 \begin_layout Standard
3479 of paragraphs is described in section
3480 \begin_inset space ~
3484 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3486 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3493 \begin_layout Subsection
3494 Paper Size and Orientation
3495 \begin_inset Index idx
3498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3499 Document ! Paper size
3505 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3507 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3514 \begin_layout Standard
3515 You'll find the following options in the menu
3518 \begin_inset space ~
3523 of the dialog of the
3525 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3531 \begin_inset Index idx
3534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3543 \begin_layout Labeling
3544 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3548 \begin_inset space ~
3553 What size paper to print on.
3557 \begin_layout Itemize
3563 \begin_layout Itemize
3573 \begin_layout Itemize
3579 \begin_layout Itemize
3585 \begin_layout Itemize
3591 \begin_layout Itemize
3597 \begin_layout Itemize
3603 \begin_layout Labeling
3604 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3609 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3620 \begin_layout Labeling
3621 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3625 \begin_inset space ~
3630 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3631 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3634 \begin_layout Subsection
3636 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3643 \begin_inset Index idx
3646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3653 \begin_inset Index idx
3656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3665 \begin_layout Standard
3666 Paper margins are set in the menu
3668 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3672 \begin_inset Index idx
3675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3684 \begin_layout Standard
3685 If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings.
3686 Because KOMA-Script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3687 the paper format and the font size into account.
3690 \begin_layout Subsection
3694 \begin_layout Standard
3695 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3700 That includes the paragraph environments.
3701 Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document
3702 classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3703 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX will mark the
3704 paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as
3705 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3709 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3713 The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to
3715 But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you
3716 will either need to create a new style yourself or else to convert these
3717 paragraphs manually to a style present in your new document class.
3720 \begin_layout Section
3721 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3722 \begin_inset Index idx
3725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3726 Paragraph ! Indentation
3734 \begin_layout Subsection
3736 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3738 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3745 \begin_layout Standard
3746 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3747 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3750 \begin_layout Standard
3751 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3752 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3753 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3754 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3758 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3764 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3765 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3766 language than English.
3767 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3770 \begin_layout Standard
3771 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3772 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
3774 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3775 LyX takes care of that.
3776 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3778 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3779 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3780 of a page, and so on.
3784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3785 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3790 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3791 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3795 of these pre-coded spacings.
3796 We'll explain more later.
3799 \begin_layout Subsection
3800 Paragraph Separation
3801 \begin_inset Index idx
3804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3805 Paragraph ! Separation
3813 \begin_layout Standard
3814 To separate paragraphs, select
3825 \begin_inset space ~
3832 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3836 \begin_inset Index idx
3839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3845 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3846 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3847 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3850 \begin_layout Standard
3860 \begin_layout Standard
3861 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3862 \begin_inset space ~
3866 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3868 reference "cap:Units"
3873 The default length is 30
3874 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3880 \begin_layout Subsection
3884 \begin_layout Standard
3885 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3888 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3890 \begin_inset space ~
3895 dialog and toggle the
3898 \begin_inset space ~
3903 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
3906 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
3910 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3911 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3915 \begin_layout Standard
3916 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3917 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3920 \begin_layout Subsection
3922 \begin_inset Index idx
3925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3926 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3934 \begin_layout Standard
3937 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3941 \begin_inset Index idx
3944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3953 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3956 \begin_inset space ~
3965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3966 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3971 \begin_inset Index idx
3974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3975 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3980 installed to use this feature.
3988 \begin_layout Section
3989 Paragraph Environments
3990 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3992 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3997 \begin_inset Index idx
4000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4001 Paragraph ! Environments
4007 \begin_inset Index idx
4010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4011 Paragraph environments|(
4019 \begin_layout Subsection
4023 \begin_layout Standard
4024 Paragraph environments correspond to the
4027 \begin_layout Standard
4046 \begin_inset Newline newline
4049 command sequence in LaTeX files.
4050 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4051 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4060 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4063 \begin_layout Standard
4064 A paragraph environment is simply a
4065 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4069 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4072 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4073 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4074 scheme, labels, and so on.
4075 Additionally, you can
4076 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4080 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4083 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4084 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4085 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4086 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4087 days of typewriters.
4088 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
4090 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
4093 \begin_layout Standard
4094 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
4095 \begin_inset Graphics
4096 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
4102 at the left end of the toolbar.
4103 LyX will change the environment of the
4107 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4108 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4109 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4113 \begin_layout Standard
4122 create a new paragraph using the
4126 paragraph environment.
4128 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4132 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4135 because if you are in one of these environments:
4138 \begin_layout Itemize
4144 \begin_layout Itemize
4150 \begin_layout Itemize
4156 \begin_layout Itemize
4162 \begin_layout Itemize
4168 \begin_layout Itemize
4174 \begin_layout Itemize
4180 \begin_layout Standard
4181 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4185 , rather than resetting it to
4190 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4191 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4192 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4193 \begin_inset space ~
4197 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4199 reference "sec:Nesting"
4204 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4209 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4210 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4214 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4220 \begin_layout Subsection
4224 \begin_layout Standard
4225 The default paragraph environment is
4230 It creates a plain paragraph.
4231 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4232 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4233 this manual) are in the
4240 \begin_layout Standard
4241 You can nest a paragraph using the
4245 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4253 \begin_layout Subsection
4255 \begin_inset Index idx
4258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4267 \begin_layout Standard
4268 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4270 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4274 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4277 for thanks or contact information.
4278 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4279 page along with today's date.
4280 For other types of documents, the title
4281 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4285 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4288 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4292 \begin_layout Standard
4293 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4307 Here's how you use them:
4310 \begin_layout Itemize
4311 Put the title of your document in the
4318 \begin_layout Itemize
4319 Put the author name in the
4326 \begin_layout Itemize
4327 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4328 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4334 Note that using this environment is optional.
4335 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4336 If you don't want any date, add the line
4337 \begin_inset Newline newline
4347 \begin_inset Newline newline
4350 to the preamble of your document (menu
4352 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4358 \begin_layout Standard
4359 You can use footnotes to insert
4360 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4364 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4367 or contact information.
4370 \begin_layout Subsection
4372 \begin_inset Index idx
4375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4382 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4391 \begin_layout Standard
4392 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4393 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4396 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4398 \begin_inset Index idx
4401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4402 Section headings ! Numbered
4410 \begin_layout Standard
4411 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4415 \begin_layout Enumerate
4421 \begin_layout Enumerate
4427 \begin_layout Enumerate
4433 \begin_layout Enumerate
4439 \begin_layout Enumerate
4445 \begin_layout Enumerate
4451 \begin_layout Enumerate
4457 \begin_layout Standard
4458 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4459 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4460 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4463 \begin_layout Standard
4464 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4465 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4466 You group the book into chapters.
4467 LyX does similar grouping:
4470 \begin_layout Itemize
4475 is divided in either
4486 \begin_layout Itemize
4498 \begin_layout Itemize
4510 \begin_layout Itemize
4522 \begin_layout Itemize
4534 \begin_layout Itemize
4546 \begin_layout Standard
4547 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4555 Not all document types use the
4559 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4564 is the top-level heading.
4572 \begin_layout Standard
4577 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4578 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4580 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4582 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4586 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4592 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4594 \begin_inset Index idx
4597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4598 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4606 \begin_layout Standard
4607 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4611 \begin_layout Enumerate
4617 \begin_layout Enumerate
4623 \begin_layout Enumerate
4629 \begin_layout Enumerate
4635 \begin_layout Enumerate
4641 \begin_layout Standard
4643 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4647 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4650 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4651 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4652 table of contents, see section
4653 \begin_inset space ~
4657 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4666 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4667 Changing the Numbering
4668 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4670 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4677 \begin_layout Standard
4678 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4679 in the Table of Contents.
4680 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4682 Certain classes start with
4696 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4706 This is something you can change.
4709 \begin_layout Standard
4712 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4718 \begin_inset Index idx
4721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4732 \begin_inset space ~
4736 \begin_inset space ~
4741 you'll see two counters.
4746 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4748 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4752 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4753 Short Titles of Headings
4754 \begin_inset Index idx
4757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4758 Section headings ! Short titles
4764 \begin_inset Argument
4767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4774 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4776 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4783 \begin_layout Standard
4784 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4785 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4786 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4787 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4790 \begin_layout Standard
4791 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4792 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4793 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4794 To specify a short title, use the menu
4796 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4798 \begin_inset space ~
4804 This will insert a box labeled
4805 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4809 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4813 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4817 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4820 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4821 This also works for captions inside floats.
4824 \begin_layout Standard
4825 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4828 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4832 \begin_layout Standard
4833 The following information applies to all section headings:
4836 \begin_layout Itemize
4837 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4840 \begin_layout Itemize
4841 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4844 \begin_layout Itemize
4845 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4848 \begin_layout Itemize
4849 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4852 \begin_layout Subsection
4853 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4856 \begin_layout Standard
4857 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4871 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4872 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4873 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4874 the text they contain.
4875 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4883 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4886 \begin_layout Standard
4887 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4896 when you start a new paragraph.
4897 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4901 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4902 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4903 to change back to the
4907 environment yourself.
4910 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4920 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4927 \begin_inset Index idx
4930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4939 \begin_layout Standard
4940 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4941 time for the differences.
4950 are identical except for one difference:
4954 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4963 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4966 \begin_layout Standard
4967 Here's an example of the
4980 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4982 See – no indentation!
4986 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4987 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4988 the other paragraph.
4991 \begin_layout Standard
4992 Here's another example, this time in the
4999 \begin_layout Quotation
5005 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
5006 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
5007 the first line, then
5011 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
5015 you were quoting other text.
5018 \begin_layout Quotation
5019 Here's a new paragraph.
5020 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
5021 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
5024 \begin_layout Standard
5025 As the examples show,
5029 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
5030 They should put quotes in the
5035 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
5039 paragraph environment for quoted text.
5042 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5048 \begin_inset Index idx
5051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5060 \begin_inset Index idx
5063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5070 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5079 \begin_layout Standard
5084 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
5090 \begin_inset Newline newline
5093 Which I did not rehearse!
5097 It could be much worse.
5098 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
5100 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
5101 indented a bit more than the first.
5102 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
5108 \begin_inset Newline newline
5111 And make things look fine
5112 \begin_inset Newline newline
5118 arg "newline-insert newline"
5124 \begin_layout Standard
5129 does not indent both margins.
5130 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5131 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5138 arg "newline-insert newline"
5144 \begin_layout Subsection
5146 \begin_inset Index idx
5149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5156 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5165 \begin_layout Standard
5166 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5176 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5185 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5186 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
5187 some general features of all four of them.
5190 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5194 \begin_layout Standard
5195 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5197 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5206 reset the environment to
5210 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5211 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5212 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5216 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5219 to break paragraphs.
5222 \begin_layout Standard
5223 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5224 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5226 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5227 you read all of section
5228 \begin_inset space ~
5232 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5234 reference "sec:Nesting"
5242 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5248 \begin_inset Index idx
5251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5258 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5267 \begin_layout Standard
5268 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5272 paragraph environment.
5273 It has the following properties:
5276 \begin_layout Itemize
5277 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5281 \begin_layout Itemize
5282 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5285 \begin_layout Itemize
5286 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5290 \begin_layout Itemize
5291 The items can have any length.
5292 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5293 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5300 \begin_layout Itemize
5305 environment inside another
5309 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5313 \begin_layout Itemize
5314 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5317 \begin_layout Itemize
5318 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5321 \begin_layout Itemize
5323 \begin_inset space ~
5327 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5329 reference "sec:Nesting"
5333 for a full explanation of nesting.
5337 \begin_layout Standard
5338 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5347 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5350 \begin_layout Standard
5351 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5352 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5355 \begin_layout Itemize
5356 The label for the first level
5360 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5364 \begin_layout Itemize
5365 The label for the second level is a dash.
5369 \begin_layout Itemize
5370 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5374 \begin_layout Itemize
5375 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5379 \begin_layout Itemize
5380 Back out to the third level.
5384 \begin_layout Itemize
5385 Back to the second level.
5389 \begin_layout Itemize
5390 Back to the outermost level.
5393 \begin_layout Standard
5394 These are the default labels for an
5399 You can customize these labels in the
5401 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5404 dialog in the submenu
5411 \begin_inset Index idx
5414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5423 \begin_layout Standard
5424 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5425 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5427 \begin_inset space ~
5431 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5433 reference "sec:Nesting"
5440 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5446 \begin_inset Index idx
5449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5456 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5458 name "sec:Enumerate"
5465 \begin_layout Standard
5470 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5471 It has these properties:
5474 \begin_layout Enumerate
5475 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5479 \begin_layout Enumerate
5480 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5484 \begin_layout Enumerate
5485 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5488 \begin_layout Enumerate
5493 environment resets the counter to one.
5496 \begin_layout Enumerate
5509 \begin_layout Enumerate
5510 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5511 Items can have any length.
5514 \begin_layout Enumerate
5515 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5518 \begin_layout Enumerate
5519 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5522 \begin_layout Enumerate
5523 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5527 \begin_layout Standard
5536 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5537 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5544 \begin_layout Enumerate
5545 The first level of an
5549 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5553 \begin_layout Enumerate
5554 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5558 \begin_layout Enumerate
5559 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5563 \begin_layout Enumerate
5564 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5567 \begin_layout Enumerate
5568 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5573 \begin_layout Enumerate
5574 Back to the third level
5578 \begin_layout Enumerate
5579 Back to the second level.
5583 \begin_layout Enumerate
5584 Back to the outermost level.
5587 \begin_layout Standard
5588 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5593 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5598 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5602 \begin_layout Standard
5603 There is more to nesting
5607 environments than we've stated here.
5608 You should read section
5609 \begin_inset space ~
5613 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5615 reference "sec:Nesting"
5619 to learn more about nesting.
5622 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5628 \begin_inset Index idx
5631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5640 \begin_layout Standard
5641 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5645 list has no fixed label.
5646 Instead, LyX uses the first
5647 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5651 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5654 of the first line as the label.
5658 \begin_layout Description
5659 Example: This is an example of the
5666 \begin_layout Standard
5667 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5671 \begin_layout Standard
5673 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5677 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5680 it is meant that the first hit of the
5684 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5686 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5694 arg "space-insert protected"
5699 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5700 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5702 \begin_inset space ~
5708 \begin_inset space ~
5712 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5714 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5718 for more info.) Here is an example:
5721 \begin_layout Description
5723 \begin_inset space ~
5726 Example: This one shows how to use a
5729 \begin_inset space ~
5741 \begin_layout Description
5742 Usage: You should use the
5746 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5747 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5749 It's not a good idea to use a
5753 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5754 You're better off using
5766 paragraphs into them.
5769 \begin_layout Description
5770 Nesting: You can nest
5774 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5778 \begin_layout Standard
5779 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5780 them from the first line.
5783 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5789 \begin_inset Index idx
5792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5801 \begin_layout Standard
5806 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5809 \begin_layout Standard
5810 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5818 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
5823 environment is named
5835 \begin_layout Standard
5844 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5845 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5848 \begin_layout Labeling
5849 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5851 \begin_inset space ~
5854 labels LyX uses the first
5855 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5859 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5862 of each line as the item label.
5867 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5868 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5869 blank as described above.
5872 \begin_layout Labeling
5873 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5874 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5875 the body of the item text.
5876 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5877 label width plus a little extra space.
5881 \begin_layout Labeling
5882 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5884 \begin_inset space ~
5887 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5889 If the label width is larger, the label
5890 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5894 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5897 into the first line.
5898 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5899 margin of the rest of the item text.
5902 \begin_layout Labeling
5903 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5905 \begin_inset space ~
5908 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5913 environment have the same left margin.
5914 \begin_inset Newline newline
5917 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5920 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5922 \begin_inset space ~
5931 \begin_inset space ~
5936 determines the default label width.
5937 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5939 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5943 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5946 multiple times instead.
5947 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
5949 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5953 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5956 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
5959 \begin_inset space ~
5964 every time you alter a label in a
5969 \begin_inset Newline newline
5972 The predefined default width is the length of
5973 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5977 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5982 \begin_inset Newline newline
5986 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5994 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
5995 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
6003 \begin_layout Standard
6008 environment the same way like the
6012 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
6018 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
6022 \begin_layout Standard
6027 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6029 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
6031 \begin_inset space ~
6035 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6037 reference "sec:Nesting"
6041 to learn about nesting.
6044 \begin_layout Standard
6045 There is yet another feature of the
6049 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
6051 You can use additional
6055 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
6060 are documented in section
6061 \begin_inset space ~
6065 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6067 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
6072 Here are some examples:
6073 \begin_inset Newpage pagebreak
6079 \begin_layout Labeling
6080 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6081 Left The default for
6088 \begin_layout Labeling
6089 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6090 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6097 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
6100 \begin_layout Labeling
6101 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6102 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6106 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6113 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
6116 \begin_layout Subsection
6118 \begin_inset Index idx
6121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6130 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6138 \begin_inset space ~
6146 \begin_layout Standard
6147 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
6155 \begin_inset space ~
6161 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
6162 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
6163 In contrast, you can use the
6170 \begin_inset space ~
6175 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
6176 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
6180 \begin_layout Standard
6181 Of course, you're not limited to using
6188 \begin_inset space ~
6197 \begin_inset space ~
6202 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
6203 some European academic papers.
6206 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6208 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6210 name "sec:Address-Usage"
6217 \begin_layout Standard
6222 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
6223 for the opening and signature in some countries.
6227 \begin_inset space ~
6232 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
6233 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
6234 Here's an example of each:
6237 \begin_layout Right Address
6239 \begin_inset Newline newline
6243 \begin_inset Newline newline
6247 \begin_inset Newline newline
6250 When is it? What is today?
6253 \begin_layout Standard
6257 \begin_inset space ~
6263 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
6264 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
6265 Here's an example of the
6272 \begin_layout Address
6274 \begin_inset Newline newline
6277 Where do I send this
6278 \begin_inset Newline newline
6281 Your post office and country
6284 \begin_layout Standard
6285 As you can see, both
6292 \begin_inset space ~
6297 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
6302 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
6308 This makes sense, since
6316 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
6317 Thus, you have to use
6324 arg "newline-insert newline"
6330 \begin_inset space ~
6333 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6335 \begin_inset space ~
6344 menu) to start a new line in an
6351 \begin_inset space ~
6359 \begin_layout Subsection
6363 \begin_layout Standard
6364 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
6365 or list of references.
6366 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
6369 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6373 \begin_inset Index idx
6376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6385 \begin_layout Standard
6390 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
6391 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6392 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
6393 Also, don't bother trying to nest
6397 in anything else or vice versa.
6403 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
6404 The book document classes ignores the
6408 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
6412 in a letter document class.
6415 \begin_layout Standard
6420 environment does several things for you.
6421 First, it puts the centered label
6422 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6426 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6430 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
6432 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
6433 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
6434 the subsequent text.
6435 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
6436 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
6439 \begin_layout Standard
6440 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
6444 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6445 The new paragraph will still be in the
6450 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6451 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6454 \begin_layout Standard
6455 \begin_inset Float figure
6460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6462 \begin_inset Graphics
6463 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6471 \begin_inset Caption
6473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6474 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6476 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6497 \begin_layout Standard
6498 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6502 environment, but since this document is in the
6503 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6507 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6510 class, we can't do this.
6511 We inserted it therefore as figure
6512 \begin_inset space ~
6516 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6518 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6523 If you've never heard of an
6524 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6528 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6531 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6534 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6540 \begin_inset Index idx
6543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6550 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6552 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6559 \begin_layout Standard
6564 environment is used to list references.
6565 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6566 only use it at the end of the document.
6571 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6574 \begin_layout Standard
6575 When you first open a
6579 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6580 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6584 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6588 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6592 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6595 depending on the document class.
6596 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6597 Each paragraph of the
6601 environment is a bibliography entry.
6606 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6607 Each new paragraph is still in the
6614 \begin_layout Standard
6615 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
6616 by using a BibTeX database.
6617 For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra
6618 phy handling, have a look at in section
6619 \begin_inset space ~
6623 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6625 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6632 \begin_layout Subsection
6636 \begin_inset Index idx
6639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6640 Paragraph ! LyX code
6646 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6655 \begin_layout Standard
6660 environment is another LyX extension.
6661 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6666 key as a fixed whitespace;
6670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6682 \begin_inset space ~
6687 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6692 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6693 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6696 arg "newline-insert newline"
6713 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6714 So, when you finish using the
6718 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6719 Also, you can nest the
6723 environment inside of others.
6726 \begin_layout Standard
6727 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6730 \begin_layout Itemize
6734 arg "newline-insert newline"
6737 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
6738 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6742 \begin_inset space \space{}
6752 arg "newline-insert newline"
6758 \begin_layout Itemize
6762 arg "newline-insert newline"
6773 \begin_layout Itemize
6778 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6785 \begin_layout Itemize
6789 arg "space-insert protected"
6796 \begin_layout Itemize
6797 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6798 You must put at least one
6802 in any line you want blank.
6803 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6806 \begin_layout Itemize
6807 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6811 since that will insert
6816 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6819 arg "self-insert \""
6825 \begin_layout Standard
6829 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6833 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6837 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6841 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6845 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6846 printf("Hello World!
6851 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6855 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6859 \begin_layout Standard
6860 This is just the standard
6861 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6865 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6872 \begin_layout Standard
6877 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6878 rc-files, and so on.
6879 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6880 as if you used a typewriter.
6881 \begin_inset Index idx
6884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6885 Paragraph environments|)
6893 \begin_layout Section
6894 Nesting Environments
6895 \begin_inset Index idx
6898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6899 Nesting ! Environments
6905 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6914 \begin_layout Subsection
6918 \begin_layout Standard
6919 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6921 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
6923 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6925 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6927 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6931 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6937 \begin_layout Enumerate
6941 \begin_layout Enumerate
6946 \begin_layout Enumerate
6950 \begin_layout Enumerate
6955 \begin_layout Enumerate
6959 \begin_layout Standard
6960 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
6961 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
6964 \begin_inset space ~
6968 \begin_inset space ~
6976 \begin_inset space ~
6980 \begin_inset space ~
6989 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
6990 will tell you how far you are nested).
6991 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
6992 \begin_inset Graphics
6993 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
6998 \begin_inset Graphics
6999 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
7003 or the convenient key bindings
7014 arg "depth-increment"
7020 arg "depth-decrement"
7023 to change the nesting level.
7024 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
7025 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
7029 \begin_layout Standard
7030 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
7031 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
7032 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
7033 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
7036 \begin_layout Standard
7037 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
7038 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
7040 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
7043 \begin_layout Subsection
7044 What You Can and Can't Nest
7047 \begin_layout Standard
7048 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
7049 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
7052 \begin_layout Standard
7053 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
7054 complicated than a simple yes or no.
7055 There are three types of paragraph environments:
7058 \begin_layout Itemize
7059 Completely unnestable
7062 \begin_layout Itemize
7063 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
7067 \begin_layout Itemize
7068 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
7072 \begin_layout Standard
7073 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
7074 environments have them:
7077 \begin_layout Description
7078 Unnestable Can't nest them.
7079 Can't nest into them.
7083 \begin_layout Itemize
7089 \begin_layout Itemize
7095 \begin_layout Itemize
7101 \begin_layout Itemize
7107 \begin_layout Itemize
7114 \begin_layout Description
7116 \begin_inset space ~
7119 Nestable You can nest them.
7120 You can nest other things into them.
7124 \begin_layout Itemize
7130 \begin_layout Itemize
7136 \begin_layout Itemize
7142 \begin_layout Itemize
7148 \begin_layout Itemize
7154 \begin_layout Itemize
7160 \begin_layout Itemize
7166 \begin_layout Itemize
7173 \begin_layout Description
7174 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
7175 You can't nest anything into them.
7179 \begin_layout Itemize
7185 \begin_layout Itemize
7191 \begin_layout Itemize
7197 \begin_layout Itemize
7203 \begin_layout Itemize
7209 \begin_layout Itemize
7215 \begin_layout Itemize
7221 \begin_layout Itemize
7227 \begin_layout Itemize
7233 \begin_layout Itemize
7239 \begin_layout Itemize
7245 \begin_layout Itemize
7251 \begin_layout Itemize
7257 \begin_layout Itemize
7261 \begin_inset space ~
7267 \begin_layout Itemize
7274 \begin_layout Standard
7275 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7283 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
7292 \begin_inset space ~
7296 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7300 \begin_inset space \space{}
7303 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
7304 well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
7305 section headings violate this.
7313 \begin_layout Subsection
7314 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
7315 \begin_inset Index idx
7318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7319 Nesting ! Tables etc.
7327 \begin_layout Standard
7328 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
7329 affected by nesting anyhow.
7333 \begin_layout Itemize
7337 \begin_layout Itemize
7341 \begin_layout Itemize
7345 \begin_layout Standard
7347 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7355 Figures and tables in
7359 are not affected by this.
7364 Have a look at section
7365 \begin_inset space ~
7369 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7371 reference "sec:Floats"
7375 for more information about
7382 \begin_layout Standard
7383 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
7384 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
7388 \begin_layout Standard
7389 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
7390 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7394 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7397 of its own, it behaves just like a
7398 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7402 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7405 paragraph environment.
7406 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
7410 \begin_layout Standard
7411 Here's an example with a table:
7414 \begin_layout Enumerate
7419 \begin_layout Enumerate
7420 This is (a) and it's nested.
7424 \begin_layout Standard
7425 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7431 \begin_layout Standard
7433 \begin_inset Tabular
7434 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7435 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7436 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7437 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7521 \begin_layout Standard
7522 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7529 \begin_layout Enumerate
7531 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7535 \begin_layout Enumerate
7539 \begin_layout Standard
7540 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7543 \begin_layout Enumerate
7548 \begin_layout Enumerate
7549 This is (a) and it's nested.
7553 \begin_layout Standard
7554 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7560 \begin_layout Standard
7562 \begin_inset Tabular
7563 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7564 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7565 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7566 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7650 \begin_layout Standard
7651 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7657 \begin_layout Enumerate
7664 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7667 \begin_layout Enumerate
7671 \begin_layout Standard
7672 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7676 \begin_layout Standard
7677 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7679 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7682 \begin_layout Enumerate
7687 \begin_layout Enumerate
7688 This is (a) and it's nested.
7691 \begin_layout Standard
7692 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7698 \begin_layout Standard
7700 \begin_inset Tabular
7701 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7702 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7703 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7704 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7788 \begin_layout Standard
7789 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7795 \begin_layout Enumerate
7797 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7805 \begin_layout Enumerate
7809 \begin_layout Standard
7810 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7816 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7817 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7821 \begin_layout Subsection
7822 Usage and General Features
7825 \begin_layout Standard
7826 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7828 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7832 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7835 is the innermost possible depth.
7836 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
7839 \begin_layout Enumerate
7840 level #1 – outermost
7844 \begin_layout Enumerate
7849 \begin_layout Enumerate
7854 \begin_layout Enumerate
7859 \begin_layout Itemize
7864 \begin_layout Itemize
7873 \begin_layout Standard
7874 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7875 both of them in the example.
7876 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7886 For example, if we tried to nest another
7891 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7895 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7898 , we would get errors.
7901 \begin_layout Subsection
7903 \begin_inset Index idx
7906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7915 \begin_layout Standard
7916 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7917 We have several examples of nested environments.
7918 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7922 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7923 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7926 \begin_layout Labeling
7927 \labelwidthstring MMM
7928 #1-a This is the outermost level.
7937 \begin_layout Labeling
7938 \labelwidthstring MMM
7939 #2-a This is level #2.
7940 We created it by using
7943 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7949 arg "depth-increment"
7956 \begin_layout Labeling
7957 \labelwidthstring MMM
7958 #3-a This is level #3.
7959 This time, we just hit
7966 arg "depth-increment"
7970 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
7974 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7980 arg "depth-increment"
7987 \begin_layout Standard
7992 environment, nested inside of
7993 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7997 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8001 So, it's at level #4.
8002 We did this by hitting
8005 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8011 arg "depth-increment"
8014 , then changing the paragraph environment to
8019 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
8035 \begin_layout Standard
8040 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
8043 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8049 \begin_layout Labeling
8050 \labelwidthstring MMM
8051 #4-a This is level #4.
8055 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8058 and changed the paragraph environment back to
8063 Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
8067 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
8072 keep nesting things inside
8073 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8077 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8084 \begin_layout Labeling
8085 \labelwidthstring MMM
8086 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8091 \begin_layout Labeling
8092 \labelwidthstring MMM
8093 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8094 and this is level #6.
8095 By now, you should know how we made these two.
8099 \begin_layout Labeling
8100 \labelwidthstring MMM
8101 #5-b Back to level #5.
8105 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8111 arg "depth-decrement"
8118 \begin_layout Labeling
8119 \labelwidthstring MMM
8123 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8129 arg "depth-decrement"
8132 , we're back at level #4.
8136 \begin_layout Labeling
8137 \labelwidthstring MMM
8138 #3-b Back to level #3.
8139 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
8143 \begin_layout Labeling
8144 \labelwidthstring MMM
8145 #2-b Back to level #2.
8150 \begin_layout Labeling
8151 \labelwidthstring MMM
8152 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
8153 After this sentence, we'll hit
8157 and change the paragraph environment back to
8164 \begin_layout Standard
8165 We could have also used the
8181 environment in place of the
8186 The example would have worked exactly the same.
8189 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8190 Example 2: Inheritance
8193 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8194 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
8197 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8206 arg "depth-increment"
8209 , after which, we'll change to the
8217 \begin_layout Enumerate
8222 environment, at level #2.
8225 \begin_layout Enumerate
8226 Notice how the nested
8230 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
8234 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
8238 \begin_layout Standard
8239 We ended this example by hitting
8244 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
8248 and reset the nesting depth by using
8251 arg "depth-decrement"
8257 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8258 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
8267 \begin_inset Argument
8270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8271 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
8279 \begin_layout Enumerate
8280 This is level #1, in an
8284 paragraph environment.
8285 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
8289 \begin_layout Enumerate
8294 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8300 arg "depth-increment"
8304 Now, what happens if we nest an
8308 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
8309 label be? An asterisk?
8313 \begin_layout Itemize
8323 environment, even though it's at level #3.
8324 So, its label is a bullet.
8325 (We got here by using
8328 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8334 arg "depth-increment"
8337 , then changing the environment to
8345 \begin_layout Itemize
8346 Here's level #4, produced using
8349 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8355 arg "depth-increment"
8359 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8364 \begin_layout Enumerate
8365 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8367 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
8372 Notice the type of numbering, it is
8376 , because we are in the
8385 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8404 \begin_layout Enumerate
8409 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
8410 type of numbering does LyX use?
8413 \begin_layout Enumerate
8414 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
8417 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8420 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
8423 \begin_layout Enumerate
8427 arg "depth-decrement"
8430 to decrease the depth after the next
8433 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8440 \begin_layout Enumerate
8442 Look what type of label LyX is using!
8446 \begin_layout Enumerate
8448 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
8449 numeral as the label.Why?
8452 \begin_layout Enumerate
8453 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
8462 Notice, however, that LyX
8466 reset the counter for the label.
8470 \begin_layout Enumerate
8474 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8480 arg "depth-decrement"
8483 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
8484 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
8485 into the twofold-nested
8493 \begin_layout Enumerate
8494 The same thing happens if we do another
8497 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8503 arg "depth-decrement"
8506 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
8509 \begin_layout Standard
8510 Lastly, we reset the environment to
8515 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8529 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8535 The same rule applies for the
8539 environment, as well.
8542 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8543 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8546 \begin_layout Enumerate
8547 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8548 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8549 same detail with how we did it.
8558 \begin_layout Standard
8566 arg "depth-increment"
8573 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8574 example in parentheses someplace.
8575 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8576 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8577 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8581 \begin_layout Enumerate
8586 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8591 Now we'll add verse.
8592 \begin_inset Newline newline
8595 It will get much worse.
8596 \begin_inset Newline newline
8606 arg "depth-increment"
8617 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8618 \begin_inset Newline newline
8621 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8622 \begin_inset Newline newline
8628 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8641 \begin_layout Standard
8642 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8648 \begin_layout Standard
8650 \begin_inset Tabular
8651 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8652 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8653 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8654 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8743 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8753 arg "depth-increment"
8759 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8769 arg "depth-decrement"
8776 \begin_layout Enumerate
8781 : level #1) This is another item.
8782 Note that selecting a
8786 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8787 3 times to put the table inside the
8795 \begin_layout Quotation
8796 We're now ending the
8800 list and changing to
8805 We're still at level #1.
8806 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8807 The next set of paragraphs is a
8808 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8812 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8822 \begin_inset space ~
8827 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8831 for the letter body.
8835 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8838 to preserve the depth.
8839 Remember that you need to use
8842 arg "newline-insert newline"
8845 to create multiple lines inside the
8852 \begin_inset space ~
8862 \begin_layout Right Address
8864 \begin_inset Newline newline
8867 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8868 \begin_inset Newline newline
8874 \begin_layout Address
8876 \begin_inset space ~
8882 \begin_layout Quotation
8883 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8884 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8887 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8888 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8889 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8890 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8891 as soon as possible.
8892 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8895 \begin_layout Quotation
8896 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8897 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8898 with your order, along with payment.
8901 \begin_layout Quotation
8902 We thank you again for your patience.
8905 \begin_layout Address
8907 \begin_inset Newline newline
8914 \begin_layout Quotation
8915 That ends that example!
8918 \begin_layout Standard
8919 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8920 just a few keystrokes.
8921 We could have easily nested an
8942 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
8945 \begin_layout Section
8946 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
8947 \begin_inset Index idx
8950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8959 \begin_layout Standard
8960 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
8961 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
8962 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
8963 be broken at the end of a line.
8964 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8968 \begin_layout Subsection
8970 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8972 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8977 \begin_inset Index idx
8980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8989 \begin_layout Standard
8990 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8992 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8996 Further documentation is given in section
8997 \begin_inset Newline newline
9001 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9003 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9011 \begin_layout Standard
9012 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
9013 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9017 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9021 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9025 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9027 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9032 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9036 A protected space is set with
9038 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9039 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9043 \begin_inset space ~
9053 arg "space-insert protected"
9059 \begin_layout Subsection
9061 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9063 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9068 \begin_inset Index idx
9071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9072 Spacing ! Horizontal
9080 \begin_layout Standard
9081 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
9083 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9084 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9088 The length units are listed in Appendix
9089 \begin_inset space ~
9093 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9095 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9102 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9104 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9106 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
9111 \begin_inset Index idx
9114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9123 \begin_layout Standard
9125 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9129 \begin_inset space \space{}
9132 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
9133 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
9134 \begin_inset space ~
9138 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9140 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
9145 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
9146 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
9149 arg "space-insert normal"
9155 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9157 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9159 name "sub:Thin-Space"
9164 \begin_inset Index idx
9167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9176 \begin_layout Standard
9178 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9182 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9185 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
9186 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9190 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9194 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
9195 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
9196 inside abbreviations:
9201 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9205 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
9208 \begin_layout Standard
9209 or between values and units.
9210 Compare for example this:
9211 \begin_inset Newline newline
9215 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9219 \begin_inset Newline newline
9225 \begin_layout Standard
9226 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
9228 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9229 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9231 \begin_inset space ~
9239 arg "space-insert thin"
9245 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9247 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9249 name "sub:More-Spaces"
9256 \begin_layout Standard
9257 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
9260 \begin_layout Description
9262 \begin_inset space ~
9266 \begin_inset space ~
9270 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9274 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
9278 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9281 Negative thin space between the arrows.
9284 \begin_layout Description
9286 \begin_inset space ~
9290 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9294 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9298 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
9302 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9306 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9309 em) space between the arrows.
9312 \begin_layout Description
9314 \begin_inset space ~
9318 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9322 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9326 \begin_inset space \quad{}
9330 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9334 \begin_inset space ~
9338 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9341 em) space between the arrows.
9344 \begin_layout Description
9346 \begin_inset space ~
9350 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9354 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9358 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
9362 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9366 \begin_inset space ~
9370 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9373 em) space between the arrows.
9376 \begin_layout Description
9378 \begin_inset space ~
9382 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9386 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
9391 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9395 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9398 cm space between the arrows.
9401 \begin_layout Standard
9403 \begin_inset space ~
9407 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9409 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
9413 lists the different space sizes.
9416 \begin_layout Standard
9417 \begin_inset Float table
9422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9424 \begin_inset Caption
9426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9427 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9429 name "tab:Width-of-the"
9433 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
9441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9443 \begin_inset Tabular
9444 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
9445 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9446 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9447 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9487 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9511 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9535 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9559 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9574 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9587 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9602 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9615 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9630 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9643 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9664 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9670 \begin_inset Index idx
9673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9682 \begin_layout Standard
9683 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9684 in a uniform fashion.
9685 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9686 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9687 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9688 equally between themselves.
9692 \begin_layout Standard
9693 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9698 This is on the left side
9699 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9702 This is on the right
9708 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9712 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9721 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9725 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9729 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9735 \begin_layout Standard
9736 That was an example in the
9742 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9746 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9750 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9753 is one in a standard paragraph.
9754 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9758 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9761 \begin_layout Standard
9762 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
9765 \begin_inset space ~
9770 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
9773 \begin_layout Standard
9775 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
9779 \begin_inset space ~
9785 \begin_layout Standard
9787 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
9791 \begin_inset space ~
9797 \begin_layout Standard
9799 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
9803 \begin_inset space ~
9809 \begin_layout Standard
9811 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
9815 \begin_inset space ~
9821 \begin_layout Standard
9823 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
9827 \begin_inset space ~
9833 \begin_layout Standard
9835 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
9839 \begin_inset space ~
9845 \begin_layout Standard
9846 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9854 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9858 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9859 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9860 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9864 option in the space dialog.
9872 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9874 \begin_inset Index idx
9877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9886 \begin_layout Standard
9887 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9889 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9893 \begin_inset space \space{}
9896 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9899 \begin_layout Standard
9900 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9903 What is correct English?:
9904 \begin_inset Newline newline
9908 \begin_inset Newline newline
9912 \begin_inset space ~
9915 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9916 \begin_inset Newline newline
9920 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
9923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9931 \begin_inset Newline newline
9935 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
9938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9946 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9952 \begin_layout Standard
9953 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
9954 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9958 \begin_inset space ~
9962 \begin_inset space ~
9966 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9970 To get this, you can use the phantom insets available via the menu
9972 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9973 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9977 In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two
9979 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9983 \begin_inset space ~
9987 \begin_inset space ~
9991 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9994 into the phantom inset (note the space after
9995 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9999 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10003 A phantom insets prints only the space of its content (like a placeholder).
10004 That is why it is named
10005 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10009 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10013 The normal phantom ouputs the width and heigth of the content as space,
10014 while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding
10018 \begin_layout Subsection
10020 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10022 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
10027 \begin_inset Index idx
10030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10039 \begin_layout Standard
10040 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
10042 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10043 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10045 \begin_inset space ~
10051 There you find the following sizes:
10054 \begin_layout Standard
10067 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
10072 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
10074 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10078 \begin_inset Index idx
10081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10082 Document ! Settings
10087 for the paragraph separation.
10088 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
10099 \begin_layout Standard
10105 \begin_inset Index idx
10108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10114 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
10115 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
10117 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
10118 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
10127 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
10131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10136 s are described in section
10137 \begin_inset space ~
10141 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10143 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
10152 If there are several
10156 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
10157 You can therefore use
10161 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
10164 \begin_layout Standard
10169 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
10170 \begin_inset space ~
10174 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10176 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10183 \begin_layout Standard
10184 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10194 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
10195 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
10207 \begin_layout Subsection
10208 Paragraph Alignment
10211 \begin_layout Standard
10212 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
10214 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10218 There are five possibilities:
10221 \begin_layout Itemize
10229 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
10235 \begin_layout Itemize
10243 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
10249 \begin_layout Itemize
10257 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
10263 \begin_layout Itemize
10271 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
10277 \begin_layout Itemize
10285 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
10291 \begin_layout Standard
10292 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
10293 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
10294 the left and right margins.
10295 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
10298 \begin_layout Standard
10300 This paragraph is right aligned,
10303 \begin_layout Standard
10305 this one is centered,
10308 \begin_layout Standard
10310 this one is left aligned.
10313 \begin_layout Subsection
10315 \begin_inset Index idx
10318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10319 Page breaks ! Forced
10325 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10327 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
10334 \begin_layout Standard
10335 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
10336 can force a page break where you want one.
10337 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
10338 Only if you use a lot of
10342 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
10345 \begin_layout Standard
10346 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished and
10347 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
10351 have to change the page breaking.
10354 \begin_layout Standard
10355 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
10357 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
10359 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10360 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10362 \begin_inset space ~
10368 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
10370 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10371 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10373 \begin_inset space ~
10378 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
10380 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
10381 on which only the last few lines are absent.
10384 \begin_layout Standard
10385 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
10386 at the top of a page.
10387 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
10388 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
10389 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
10390 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
10392 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10394 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
10398 to learn more about
10405 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10407 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10409 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
10414 \begin_inset Index idx
10417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10418 Page breaks ! Clear
10426 \begin_layout Standard
10427 Rather than forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is placed
10428 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
10429 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
10430 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
10431 it, if necessary by adding pages.
10434 \begin_layout Standard
10435 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
10437 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10438 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10440 \begin_inset space ~
10446 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
10448 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10449 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10451 \begin_inset space ~
10455 \begin_inset space ~
10460 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
10461 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
10464 \begin_layout Subsection
10466 \begin_inset Index idx
10469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10476 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10478 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
10485 \begin_layout Standard
10486 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
10488 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
10490 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10491 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10493 \begin_inset space ~
10497 \begin_inset space ~
10505 arg "newline-insert newline"
10509 Another type that is inserted via the menu
10511 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10512 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10514 \begin_inset space ~
10518 \begin_inset space ~
10523 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
10525 This is necessary to avoid
10526 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10530 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10533 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
10536 \begin_layout Standard
10537 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
10538 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
10539 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
10540 set a line break, e.
10541 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10545 \begin_inset space \space{}
10548 in a poem or for an address (see sections
10549 \begin_inset space ~
10553 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10555 reference "sec:Quote"
10560 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10562 reference "sec:Verse"
10567 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10569 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
10576 \begin_layout Subsection
10578 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10580 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
10585 \begin_inset Index idx
10588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10597 \begin_layout Standard
10599 \begin_inset CommandInset line
10610 \begin_layout Standard
10613 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10614 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10616 \begin_inset space ~
10621 you can insert horizontal lines.
10622 The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline
10623 of the current text line or the paragraph.
10626 \begin_layout Standard
10628 \begin_inset CommandInset line
10639 \begin_layout Standard
10643 \begin_layout Section
10644 Characters and Symbols
10647 \begin_layout Standard
10648 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10649 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10650 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10654 \begin_inset space \space{}
10657 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10659 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10663 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10665 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10669 for information on how this is done.
10672 \begin_layout Standard
10673 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10678 dialog via the menu
10680 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10681 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10687 \begin_layout Standard
10688 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10696 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10697 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10698 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10706 \begin_layout Section
10707 Fonts and Text Styles
10708 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10710 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10717 \begin_layout Subsection
10719 \begin_inset Index idx
10722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10731 \begin_layout Standard
10732 There are two types of fonts:
10735 \begin_layout Description
10737 \begin_inset space ~
10741 \begin_inset Index idx
10744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10750 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.
10751 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10755 characters) in the font.
10756 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10757 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10758 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10759 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10760 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10761 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
10762 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
10763 \begin_inset Newline newline
10766 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10767 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10768 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
10769 sizes than at small ones.
10770 \begin_inset Newline newline
10784 \begin_inset space ~
10792 \begin_layout Description
10794 \begin_inset space ~
10798 \begin_inset Index idx
10801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10807 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10808 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10809 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10810 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10811 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10812 picture manipulation program.
10813 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10814 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10815 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10816 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10817 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10819 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
10820 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10821 \begin_inset Newline newline
10824 Bitmap fonts are named
10827 \begin_inset space ~
10832 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10835 \begin_layout Standard
10836 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
10837 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10838 So one need fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10839 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
10840 use scalable fonts.
10843 \begin_layout Standard
10844 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10845 its document properties.
10848 \begin_layout Standard
10849 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10850 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10851 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10852 font to emphasize text, you use an
10853 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10857 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10861 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10862 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10866 \begin_layout Subsection
10867 Document Font and Font size
10868 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10870 name "sub:Document-Font"
10875 \begin_inset Index idx
10878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10885 \begin_inset Index idx
10888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10897 \begin_layout Standard
10898 You can set the document fonts in the
10900 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10904 \begin_inset Index idx
10907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10908 Document ! Settings
10914 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
10915 font shapes roman (serif),
10918 \begin_inset space ~
10930 \begin_layout Standard
10931 The possible options for the font include
10935 and a list of fonts available on your system.
10940 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
10941 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10949 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10957 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10962 European Computer Modern
10965 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10975 \begin_layout Standard
10984 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixelated in PDF output, especially
10985 when you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
10989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10990 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
10993 \begin_inset space ~
10998 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
11004 To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font.
11005 There are three ways to use one:
11008 \begin_layout Itemize
11009 One way is to use the
11019 Virtual means that it
11020 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11024 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11031 -glyphs from other fonts.
11032 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
11034 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11038 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11042 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11046 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11054 Loading the LaTeX-package
11059 \begin_inset Index idx
11062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11063 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
11068 with the document preamble line
11069 \begin_inset Newline newline
11076 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
11077 \begin_inset Newline newline
11082 will fix the guillemet problem.
11087 and that accented characters are not
11091 glyph, they are build of
11095 characters, the accent and the letter.
11096 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
11100 fonts for words with accented characters.
11101 If you search for example for the French word
11102 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11106 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11109 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
11111 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11115 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11118 and not for the glyph
11119 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11123 \begin_inset space ~
11127 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11133 \begin_layout Itemize
11134 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
11138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11147 , consist of these three main font types
11150 \begin_inset space ~
11179 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11183 \begin_inset space ~
11190 as typewriter font.
11191 \begin_inset Newline newline
11194 The differences between roman,
11197 \begin_inset space ~
11206 fonts are explained in section
11207 \begin_inset space ~
11211 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11213 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11218 \begin_inset Newline newline
11225 was originally designed for newspapers.
11226 That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
11227 into the small newspaper columns.
11232 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
11235 \begin_layout Itemize
11236 The best solution is to use the
11245 These fonts were developed for the LaTeX community to replace
11249 as the default font.
11250 In most cases they look the same as
11258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11259 One difference is improved kerning for the
11272 covers a vast number of characters over the other two families
11283 \begin_layout Standard
11284 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11287 For the font size there are four possible values:
11304 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
11307 \begin_layout Standard
11308 The font sizes are the
11313 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
11314 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
11315 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
11318 \begin_inset space ~
11324 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
11325 \begin_inset space ~
11329 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11331 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11338 \begin_layout Standard
11343 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
11344 a font to display the script characters.
11348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11349 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
11354 So this has no effect for the document language
11370 \begin_layout Standard
11371 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11375 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11383 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
11387 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
11388 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
11389 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
11391 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11394 dialog, see section
11395 \begin_inset space ~
11399 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11401 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
11413 \begin_layout Subsection
11414 Using Different Character Styles
11415 \begin_inset Index idx
11418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11425 \begin_inset Index idx
11428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11437 \begin_layout Standard
11438 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
11439 certain paragraph environments.
11440 LyX supports two character styles,
11449 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
11453 \begin_layout Standard
11458 style, do one of the following:
11461 \begin_layout Itemize
11462 click on the toolbar button
11463 \begin_inset Graphics
11464 filename ../images/font-noun.png
11471 \begin_layout Itemize
11472 use the key binding
11481 \begin_layout Standard
11482 These commands are all toggles.
11487 style is already active, they deactivate it.
11490 \begin_layout Standard
11491 One typically uses the
11495 style for proper names.
11497 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11504 is the original author of LyX.
11505 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11511 \begin_layout Standard
11512 A more widely used character style is the
11517 You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
11524 \begin_layout Itemize
11525 clicking on the toolbar button
11526 \begin_inset Graphics
11527 filename ../images/font-emph.png
11534 \begin_layout Itemize
11535 using the keybindings
11544 \begin_layout Standard
11549 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
11550 es use a different font.
11553 \begin_layout Standard
11554 We've been using the
11558 style all over the place in this document.
11559 Here's one more example:
11562 \begin_layout Quotation
11565 Don't overuse character styles!
11568 \begin_layout Standard
11569 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
11570 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
11571 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
11572 the common tendency to overuse character style.
11576 \begin_layout Standard
11577 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
11585 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11587 \begin_inset space ~
11595 \begin_layout Subsection
11596 Fine-Tuning with the
11601 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11603 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11608 \begin_inset Index idx
11611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11620 \begin_layout Standard
11621 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
11622 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
11623 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
11624 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
11625 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
11626 from ordinary dialog.
11629 \begin_layout Standard
11630 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
11631 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
11632 \begin_inset Newline newline
11635 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
11636 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
11639 \begin_layout Standard
11640 To use custom character styles, open the
11642 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11644 \begin_inset space ~
11650 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
11651 font property which you can choose.
11652 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
11655 \begin_inset space ~
11660 , which keeps the current state of that property.
11665 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
11666 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
11667 environments in a snap.
11670 \begin_layout Standard
11671 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
11674 \begin_inset space ~
11686 \begin_layout Labeling
11687 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11693 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11697 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11701 The possible options are:
11705 \begin_layout Labeling
11706 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11711 This is the Roman font family.
11712 Normally a serif font.
11713 It's also the default family.
11723 \begin_layout Labeling
11724 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11728 \begin_inset space ~
11735 This is the Sans Serif font family.
11747 \begin_layout Labeling
11748 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11755 This is the Typewriter font family.
11761 arg "font-typewriter"
11770 \begin_layout Labeling
11771 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11776 This corresponds to the print weight.
11781 \begin_layout Labeling
11782 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11787 This is the Medium font series.
11788 It's also the default series.
11791 \begin_layout Labeling
11792 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11799 This is the Bold font series.
11812 \begin_layout Labeling
11813 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11818 As the name implies.
11823 \begin_layout Labeling
11824 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11829 This is the Upright font shape.
11830 It's also the default shape.
11833 \begin_layout Labeling
11834 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11848 s the Italic font shape
11854 \begin_layout Labeling
11855 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11862 This is the Slanted font shape
11864 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
11867 \begin_layout Labeling
11868 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11872 \begin_inset space ~
11879 This is the Small caps font shape
11886 \begin_layout Labeling
11887 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11892 Alters the size of the font.
11893 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
11894 nal to the document font size.
11895 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
11896 what you want to do.
11901 \begin_layout Labeling
11902 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11910 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11914 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11923 arg "font-size tiny"
11929 \begin_layout Labeling
11930 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11938 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11942 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11951 arg "font-size scriptsize"
11957 \begin_layout Labeling
11958 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11966 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11970 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11979 arg "font-size footnotesize"
11985 \begin_layout Labeling
11986 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11994 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11998 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12007 arg "font-size small"
12013 \begin_layout Labeling
12014 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12020 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12024 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12028 It's also the default size.
12032 arg "font-size normal"
12038 \begin_layout Labeling
12039 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12047 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12051 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12060 arg "font-size large"
12066 \begin_layout Labeling
12067 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12075 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12079 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12088 arg "font-size larger"
12094 \begin_layout Labeling
12095 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12103 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12107 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12116 arg "font-size largest"
12122 \begin_layout Labeling
12123 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12131 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12135 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12144 arg "font-size huge"
12150 \begin_layout Labeling
12151 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12159 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12163 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12172 arg "font-size giant"
12179 \begin_layout Standard
12184 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12185 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12186 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12187 — use that instead.
12188 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12191 \begin_layout Labeling
12192 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12197 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12202 \begin_layout Labeling
12203 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12210 This is text with emphasize on
12213 This might seem like the same as
12217 , but it is actually a bit different.
12223 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
12225 Normally this font is equal to italic.
12228 \begin_layout Labeling
12229 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12236 This is text with Underbar on.
12242 arg "font-underline"
12248 \begin_inset Newline newline
12253 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a hangover from the typewriter days,
12254 when you couldn't change fonts.
12255 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
12256 It's only included in LyX because some people
12260 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
12263 \begin_layout Labeling
12264 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12271 This is text with Noun on.
12278 , this is a logical attribute.
12279 Normally it's equivalent to
12282 \begin_inset space ~
12291 \begin_layout Labeling
12292 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12297 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12298 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
12302 \begin_inset space ~
12307 , which is the default
12308 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12312 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12315 and means normally black, you can choose between
12348 \begin_inset Index idx
12351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12360 \begin_layout Labeling
12361 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12366 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12367 the language of the document.
12368 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12372 \begin_layout Standard
12373 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12374 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12376 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12378 \begin_inset space ~
12383 dialog, the settings are saved.
12384 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12385 \begin_inset Graphics
12386 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
12391 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12392 when the dialog isn't visible.
12396 \begin_layout Standard
12397 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12404 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12405 (suppose you just set the shape to
12406 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12410 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12414 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12418 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12424 \begin_inset space ~
12436 \begin_layout Standard
12437 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12445 \begin_inset space ~
12457 \begin_layout Itemize
12463 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12467 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12470 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12471 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12475 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12479 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12483 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12488 \begin_inset Newline newline
12492 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
12495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12506 \begin_inset Note Note
12509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12510 For more on phantoms see section
12511 \begin_inset space ~
12515 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12517 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12527 \begin_inset Newline newline
12533 \begin_layout Itemize
12538 fonts use characters with serifs.
12539 These are the small
12540 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12544 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12547 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
12548 The following example will show the difference:
12549 \begin_inset Newline newline
12553 \begin_inset Newline newline
12558 text without serifs
12561 \begin_inset Newline newline
12564 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
12565 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
12572 \begin_layout Itemize
12578 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12579 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12582 \begin_layout Standard
12583 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12584 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12587 \begin_layout Section
12588 Printing and Previewing
12591 \begin_layout Subsection
12595 \begin_layout Standard
12596 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12597 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12598 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12599 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12600 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
12602 Additional Features
12607 \begin_layout Standard
12608 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12609 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12610 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12611 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12612 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12613 This happens in two stages:
12616 \begin_layout Enumerate
12617 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12618 generating a file with the extension,
12619 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12627 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12633 \begin_layout Enumerate
12634 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12638 file to produce printable output.
12642 \begin_layout Subsection
12643 Output file formats
12644 \begin_inset Index idx
12647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12654 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12656 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12663 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12665 \begin_inset Index idx
12668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12669 File formats ! ASCII
12677 \begin_layout Standard
12678 This file type has the extension
12679 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12687 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12691 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12692 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12695 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12696 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12702 \begin_layout Standard
12703 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12705 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12706 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12712 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12714 \begin_inset Index idx
12717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12718 File formats ! LaTeX
12726 \begin_layout Standard
12727 This file type has the extension
12728 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12736 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12739 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12741 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12742 it manually with console commands.
12743 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12744 you view or export your document.
12747 \begin_layout Standard
12748 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12750 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12751 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12768 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12770 \begin_inset Index idx
12773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12782 \begin_layout Standard
12783 This file type has the extension
12784 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12792 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12797 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12801 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12804 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12805 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12806 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12810 \begin_layout Standard
12811 DVI files do not contain images, they only link them.
12812 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12813 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12814 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
12816 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12819 \begin_layout Standard
12820 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12822 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12823 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12829 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12831 \begin_inset Index idx
12834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12835 File formats ! PostScript
12843 \begin_layout Standard
12844 This file type has the extension
12845 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12853 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12857 PostScript was developed by the company
12861 as a printer language.
12862 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
12864 PostScript can be seen as a
12865 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12868 programming language
12869 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12872 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
12876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12877 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
12883 \begin_inset Index idx
12886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12887 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
12897 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
12900 \begin_layout Standard
12901 PostScript can only contain images in the format
12902 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12905 Encapsulated PostScript
12906 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12909 (EPS, file extension
12910 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12918 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12922 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
12923 to convert them in the background to EPS.
12925 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12928 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
12929 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12932 conversions whenever you view or export your document.
12933 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
12934 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
12935 EPS to avoid this problem.
12938 \begin_layout Standard
12939 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
12941 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12942 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12948 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12950 \begin_inset Index idx
12953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12960 \begin_inset Index idx
12963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12972 \begin_layout Standard
12973 This file type has the extension
12974 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12982 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12987 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12990 Portable Document Format
12991 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12998 was derived from PostScript.
12999 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
13001 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13005 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13008 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
13009 looks exactly the same.
13012 \begin_layout Standard
13013 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
13014 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13017 Joint Photographic Experts Group
13018 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13021 (JPG, file extension
13022 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13030 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13034 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13042 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13046 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13049 Portable Network Graphics
13050 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13053 (PNG, file extension
13054 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13062 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13066 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
13067 in the background to one of these formats.
13068 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
13069 will slow down your workflow.
13070 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
13073 \begin_layout Standard
13074 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
13076 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13079 in three different ways:
13082 \begin_layout Description
13083 PDF This uses the program
13087 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
13088 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
13092 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
13093 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
13096 \begin_layout Description
13098 \begin_inset space ~
13101 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
13105 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
13109 \begin_layout Description
13111 \begin_inset space ~
13114 (pdflatex) This uses the program
13118 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13121 \begin_layout Standard
13122 We recommend to use
13125 \begin_inset space ~
13134 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
13135 works without problems.
13140 is no longer under development and therefore a bit outdated.
13143 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13145 \begin_inset Index idx
13148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13149 FileFormats ! XHTML
13155 \begin_inset Index idx
13158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13167 \begin_layout Standard
13168 This file type has the extension
13169 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13177 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13181 It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
13182 It does not itself contain images and the like but only links them, and
13183 when LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
13184 suitable for the purpose.
13185 Math is output as MathML, which renders nicely in browsers that support
13186 it, but not all do.
13189 \begin_layout Standard
13190 XHTML output remains
13191 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13195 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13198 , and not all LyX features are supported yet.
13200 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13203 LyX and the World Wide Web
13204 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13209 Additional Features
13211 manual, for more information.
13214 \begin_layout Standard
13215 You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
13217 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13218 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13224 \begin_layout Subsection
13226 \begin_inset Index idx
13229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13238 \begin_layout Standard
13239 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
13240 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
13244 and choose a file type.
13245 A viewing program will pop up showing the output.
13248 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13251 you can use the toolbar button
13252 \begin_inset Graphics
13253 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
13260 arg "buffer-view dvi"
13265 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13267 \begin_inset space ~
13273 \begin_inset Graphics
13274 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
13280 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13284 \begin_inset Graphics
13285 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
13292 arg "buffer-view ps"
13298 \begin_layout Standard
13299 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
13300 viewer window using the menu
13302 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13308 \begin_layout Standard
13309 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
13311 To have a real output, export your document.
13314 \begin_layout Subsection
13315 Printing the File from within LyX
13316 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13318 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
13325 \begin_layout Standard
13326 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
13327 it directly from within LyX.
13328 To print a file, select the menu
13330 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13333 or click on the toolbar button
13334 \begin_inset Graphics
13335 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
13340 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
13341 This file is then processed by the program
13345 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
13350 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
13353 \begin_layout Standard
13354 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
13355 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
13356 printing one set to print on the other side.
13357 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
13358 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
13359 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
13362 \begin_layout Standard
13363 You can set the parameters in the
13366 \begin_inset space ~
13374 \begin_layout Labeling
13375 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13380 This is the name of the printer to print to.
13384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13385 Note that this printer name is for the program
13394 has to be configured for this printer name.
13395 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
13396 \begin_inset space ~
13400 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13402 reference "sub:Printer"
13411 The printer should understand PostScript.
13414 \begin_layout Labeling
13415 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13420 The name of a file to print to.
13421 The output will be a PostScript file.
13422 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
13426 \begin_layout Section
13427 A few Words about Typography
13428 \begin_inset Index idx
13431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13440 \begin_layout Subsection
13442 \begin_inset Index idx
13445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13454 \begin_layout Standard
13456 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13464 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13467 character comes in four lengths: the
13479 , and the minus sign:
13480 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
13486 \begin_layout Standard
13487 \begin_inset Tabular
13488 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
13489 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
13490 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13491 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13492 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13493 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13522 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13545 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13553 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13562 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13587 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13589 \begin_inset space ~
13592 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13599 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13624 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13626 \begin_inset space ~
13629 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13650 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13662 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13670 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13684 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
13690 \begin_layout Standard
13691 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
13692 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13700 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13703 character multiple times in a row.
13704 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
13705 the final output, but not in LyX.
13707 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13711 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13715 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13719 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13723 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13727 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13731 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13737 \begin_layout Standard
13738 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13739 math mode and has a length of its own.
13740 Here are some examples of the
13741 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13749 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13755 \begin_layout Enumerate
13756 line- and page-breaks
13757 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13767 \begin_layout Enumerate
13769 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13779 \begin_layout Enumerate
13780 Oh — there's a dash.
13781 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13791 \begin_layout Enumerate
13792 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13796 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13806 \begin_layout Subsection
13808 \begin_inset Index idx
13811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13818 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13820 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13827 \begin_layout Standard
13828 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13829 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13834 \begin_inset Index idx
13837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13838 LaTeX-packages ! babel
13843 following the rules of the document language
13847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13848 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13856 \begin_inset space ~
13860 \begin_inset space ~
13867 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13878 \begin_layout Standard
13879 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
13884 font and with unusual constructs, like
13885 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13889 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13893 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
13894 This is done with the menu
13896 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13897 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13899 \begin_inset space ~
13905 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
13906 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
13909 \begin_layout Standard
13910 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
13911 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
13913 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13917 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13921 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
13922 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13926 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13929 as hyphenation possibility.
13930 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
13931 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into the
13932 argument of the LaTeX-box-command
13938 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
13939 As LyX doesn't support
13945 , you have to use TeX Code.
13946 The result looks in LyX like:
13949 \begin_layout Standard
13950 \begin_inset Graphics
13951 filename clipart/mbox.png
13958 \begin_layout Standard
13959 To learn more about TeX Code, have a look at section
13960 \begin_inset space ~
13964 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13966 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
13973 \begin_layout Subsection
13975 \begin_inset Index idx
13978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13987 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13988 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
13989 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13991 name "sub:Abbreviations"
13998 \begin_layout Standard
13999 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
14000 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
14001 LaTeX then adds the
14002 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14005 appropriate amount of space
14006 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14010 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
14012 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
14015 \begin_layout Standard
14016 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
14017 not work in all cases.
14019 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14027 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14030 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
14031 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
14034 \begin_layout Standard
14035 Here are some examples of
14039 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
14042 \begin_layout Itemize
14047 \begin_layout Itemize
14052 \begin_layout Standard
14053 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
14056 \begin_layout Itemize
14058 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14062 this is too much space!
14065 \begin_layout Itemize
14070 \begin_layout Standard
14071 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
14074 \begin_layout Standard
14075 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
14078 \begin_layout Enumerate
14082 \begin_inset space ~
14087 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
14088 \begin_inset space ~
14092 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14094 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
14099 \begin_inset Index idx
14102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14103 Spaces ! inter-word
14111 \begin_layout Enumerate
14115 \begin_inset space ~
14120 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
14121 \begin_inset space ~
14125 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14127 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
14132 \begin_inset Index idx
14135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14144 \begin_layout Enumerate
14148 \begin_inset space ~
14152 \begin_inset space ~
14156 \begin_inset space ~
14163 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14165 \begin_inset space ~
14170 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
14171 This function is also bound to
14174 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
14180 \begin_layout Standard
14181 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
14184 \begin_layout Itemize
14186 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14190 \begin_inset space \space{}
14193 this is too much space!
14196 \begin_layout Itemize
14197 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
14201 \begin_layout Standard
14202 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
14203 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
14204 will take care of this.
14207 \begin_layout Standard
14208 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
14212 \begin_inset space ~
14217 feature described in section
14223 Additional Features
14228 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14230 \begin_inset Index idx
14233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14234 Typography ! Quotes
14240 \begin_inset Index idx
14243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14274 \begin_layout Standard
14275 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
14276 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
14277 and use a closing quote at the end.
14279 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14283 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14287 The keyboard character,
14291 , generates this automatically.
14294 \begin_layout Standard
14295 You can change the behavior of the
14299 key using the submenu
14305 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14309 \begin_inset Index idx
14312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14313 Document ! Settings
14321 \begin_layout Standard
14322 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
14327 There are six choices:
14330 \begin_layout Labeling
14331 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14334 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14338 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14343 Use quotes like this
14344 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14348 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14352 \begin_inset Quotes els
14356 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14362 \begin_layout Labeling
14363 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14366 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14370 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14376 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14380 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14384 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14390 \begin_layout Labeling
14391 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14394 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14398 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14404 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14408 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14412 \begin_inset Quotes gls
14416 \begin_inset Quotes grs
14422 \begin_layout Labeling
14423 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14426 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14430 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14436 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14440 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14444 \begin_inset Quotes pls
14448 \begin_inset Quotes prs
14454 \begin_layout Labeling
14455 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14458 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14462 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14468 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14472 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14476 \begin_inset Quotes fls
14480 \begin_inset Quotes frs
14486 \begin_layout Labeling
14487 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14490 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14494 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14500 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14504 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14508 \begin_inset Quotes als
14512 \begin_inset Quotes ars
14518 \begin_layout Standard
14519 These settings affect what character the
14526 \begin_layout Subsection
14528 \begin_inset Index idx
14531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14532 Typography ! Ligatures
14538 \begin_inset Index idx
14541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14570 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14572 name "sub:Ligatures"
14579 \begin_layout Standard
14580 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14581 print them as single characters.
14582 These groups are known as
14587 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14589 Here are the standard ligatures:
14592 \begin_layout Itemize
14596 \begin_layout Itemize
14600 \begin_layout Itemize
14604 \begin_layout Itemize
14608 \begin_layout Itemize
14612 \begin_layout Standard
14613 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14616 \begin_layout Standard
14617 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14618 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14619 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14623 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14626 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14627 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14631 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14635 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14639 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14642 To break a ligature, use
14644 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14645 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14647 \begin_inset space ~
14654 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14658 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14662 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14665 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14667 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14671 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14675 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14679 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14682 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14684 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14690 \begin_layout Subsection
14692 \begin_inset Index idx
14695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14702 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14704 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14711 \begin_layout Standard
14712 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
14713 characters in different sizes and heights.
14714 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14715 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
14716 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14731 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14735 \begin_inset Note Note
14738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14739 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
14740 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14744 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14747 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14748 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
14753 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14757 \begin_layout Description
14758 LyX The name of the game, write
14759 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14774 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14780 \begin_layout Description
14781 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14782 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14797 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14803 \begin_layout Description
14804 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14805 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14820 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14826 \begin_layout Description
14827 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14828 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14843 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14849 \begin_layout Standard
14850 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14851 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14855 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14859 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14863 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14864 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14865 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14868 : The actual version is
14869 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14873 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14876 , the previous one was
14877 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14881 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14887 \begin_layout Standard
14888 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
14889 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14893 \begin_inset space \space{}
14896 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
14898 This will look in LyX like:
14899 \begin_inset Graphics
14900 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
14906 \begin_inset Newline newline
14909 For more about TeX Code, look at section
14910 \begin_inset space ~
14914 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14916 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
14923 \begin_layout Subsection
14925 \begin_inset Index idx
14928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14937 \begin_layout Standard
14938 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
14939 space between two words.
14940 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
14943 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14947 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14950 for units use the menu
14952 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14953 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14955 \begin_inset space ~
14963 arg "space-insert thin"
14969 \begin_layout Standard
14970 Here's an example to show the differences:
14973 \begin_layout Standard
14974 \begin_inset Tabular
14975 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
14976 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
14977 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14978 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14985 \begin_inset space ~
14989 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15001 space between number and unit
15008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15013 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15017 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
15025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15029 half space between number and unit
15042 \begin_layout Subsection
15044 \begin_inset Index idx
15047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15048 Typography ! Widows and orphans
15056 \begin_layout Standard
15057 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
15059 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
15060 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
15061 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
15062 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
15063 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
15064 These bits of text became known as
15075 \begin_layout Standard
15076 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
15077 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
15078 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
15079 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
15080 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
15081 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
15082 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
15085 \begin_layout Standard
15086 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
15087 or how you can tweak that behavior.
15088 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
15089 \begin_inset space ~
15093 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
15095 key "latexcompanion"
15100 \begin_inset space ~
15104 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
15110 ] may have more information.
15111 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
15114 \begin_layout Chapter
15115 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
15116 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15118 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
15125 \begin_layout Standard
15126 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
15131 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
15134 \begin_layout Section
15136 \begin_inset Index idx
15139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15146 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15155 \begin_layout Standard
15156 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
15159 \begin_layout Description
15161 \begin_inset space ~
15164 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
15165 \begin_inset Newline newline
15169 \begin_inset Note Note
15172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15173 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
15181 \begin_layout Description
15182 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
15183 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
15185 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15186 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15187 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
15190 \begin_inset Newline newline
15194 \begin_inset Note Comment
15197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15198 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
15206 \begin_layout Description
15208 \begin_inset space ~
15211 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
15212 \begin_inset Newline newline
15216 \begin_inset Newline newline
15220 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
15223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15229 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
15230 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
15231 How this can be done is explained in the
15240 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
15246 \begin_inset Newline newline
15250 \begin_inset Newline newline
15253 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
15254 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
15257 \begin_layout Standard
15258 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
15259 \begin_inset Graphics
15260 filename ../images/note-insert.png
15262 scaleBeforeRotation
15268 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15272 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
15275 \begin_layout Section
15277 \begin_inset Index idx
15280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15287 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15289 name "sec:Footnotes"
15296 \begin_layout Standard
15297 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
15300 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15303 or the toolbar button
15304 \begin_inset Graphics
15305 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
15318 \begin_inset Graphics
15319 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
15328 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
15338 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15346 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15357 label, the box will
15361 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
15362 Clicking on the box label again, will close
15375 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
15391 \begin_layout Standard
15392 Here's an example footnote:
15400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15401 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
15409 \begin_layout Standard
15410 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
15411 position where the footnote box is placed.
15412 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
15413 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
15414 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
15415 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
15416 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
15421 ey are described in the
15428 \begin_layout Section
15430 \begin_inset Index idx
15433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15440 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15442 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
15449 \begin_layout Standard
15450 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
15451 When you insert a margin note via the menu
15453 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15455 \begin_inset space ~
15460 or the toolbar button
15461 \begin_inset Graphics
15462 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15482 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15486 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15489 appearing within your text.
15490 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15499 \begin_layout Standard
15500 At the side is an example marginal note.
15504 \begin_inset Marginal
15507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15508 This is a marginal note.
15516 \begin_layout Standard
15517 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15518 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
15519 pages, right on odd pages.
15522 \begin_layout Section
15523 Graphics and Images
15524 \begin_inset Index idx
15527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15534 \begin_inset Index idx
15537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15544 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15546 name "sec:Graphics"
15553 \begin_layout Standard
15554 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15555 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15556 \begin_inset Graphics
15557 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15563 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15567 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15570 \begin_layout Standard
15571 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15576 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15577 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15579 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15580 \begin_inset space ~
15584 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15586 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15593 \begin_layout Standard
15598 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15599 of the image in the output.
15600 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15604 \begin_inset space ~
15608 \begin_inset space ~
15617 \begin_inset space ~
15621 \begin_inset space ~
15625 \begin_inset space ~
15630 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15631 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15639 \begin_layout Standard
15642 LaTeX and LyX options
15644 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
15645 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
15649 \begin_inset space ~
15654 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
15655 with the image size is printed.
15659 \begin_inset space ~
15663 \begin_inset space ~
15667 \begin_inset space ~
15672 is explained in the
15683 \begin_layout Standard
15684 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
15685 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15687 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
15691 \begin_layout Standard
15693 \begin_inset Graphics
15694 filename clipart/mobius.eps
15696 rotateOrigin center
15703 \begin_layout Standard
15704 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15705 the image into a float, see section
15706 \begin_inset space ~
15710 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15712 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15719 \begin_layout Subsection
15721 \begin_inset Index idx
15724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15731 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15733 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15740 \begin_layout Standard
15741 You can insert images in any known file format.
15742 But as we explained in section
15743 \begin_inset space ~
15747 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15749 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15753 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15754 LyX uses therefore the program
15758 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15759 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15760 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15761 \begin_inset space ~
15765 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15767 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15774 \begin_layout Standard
15775 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15778 \begin_layout Description
15780 \begin_inset space ~
15783 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15784 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
15785 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15786 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15789 Graphics Interchange Format
15790 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15793 (GIF, file extension
15794 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15802 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15806 \begin_inset Index idx
15809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15838 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15841 Portable Network Graphics
15842 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15845 (PNG, file extension
15846 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15854 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15858 \begin_inset Index idx
15861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15890 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15893 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15894 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15897 (JPG, file extension
15898 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15906 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15910 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15918 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15922 \begin_inset Index idx
15925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15956 \begin_layout Description
15958 \begin_inset space ~
15961 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
15963 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
15964 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
15965 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
15966 \begin_inset Newline newline
15969 Scalable image formats can be
15970 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15973 Scalable Vector Graphics
15974 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15977 (SVG, file extension
15978 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15986 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15990 \begin_inset Index idx
15993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16022 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16025 Encapsulated PostScript
16026 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16029 (EPS, file extension
16030 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16038 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16042 \begin_inset Index idx
16045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16074 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16077 Portable Document Format
16078 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16081 (PDF, file extension
16082 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16090 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16094 \begin_inset Index idx
16097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16104 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
16105 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
16106 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
16111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16112 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
16120 \begin_layout Standard
16121 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
16125 \begin_layout Subsection
16126 Grouping of Image Settings
16127 \begin_inset Index idx
16130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16131 Images ! Settings grouping
16139 \begin_layout Standard
16140 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
16142 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
16143 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
16145 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
16146 need to manually change each of them.
16150 \begin_layout Standard
16151 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
16154 \begin_inset space ~
16159 field in the Graphics dialog.
16160 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
16161 by checking the name of the desired group.
16164 \begin_layout Section
16166 \begin_inset Index idx
16169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16176 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16185 \begin_layout Standard
16186 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
16187 \begin_inset Graphics
16188 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
16195 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16199 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
16200 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
16201 from the rest of the table.
16202 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
16203 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
16205 Here's an example table:
16208 \begin_layout Standard
16210 \begin_inset Tabular
16211 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
16212 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
16213 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16214 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16215 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16216 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16416 \begin_layout Subsection
16420 \begin_layout Standard
16421 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
16422 brings up the table dialog.
16423 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
16424 where the cursor is placed currently.
16425 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
16426 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
16427 done on all of your selection.
16430 \begin_layout Standard
16431 Additionally to the table dialog, the
16434 \begin_inset space ~
16439 helps you in setting table properties.
16440 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
16443 \begin_layout Standard
16447 \begin_inset space ~
16452 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
16453 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
16454 current cell respectively.
16455 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
16457 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
16458 of text, see section
16459 \begin_inset space ~
16463 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16465 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
16472 \begin_layout Standard
16473 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
16479 This will merge the cells to
16483 cell, spread over more than one column.
16484 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
16485 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
16486 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
16487 in the last row without the upper border:
16490 \begin_layout Standard
16492 \begin_inset Tabular
16493 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
16494 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
16495 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16496 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
16497 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16498 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16509 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16518 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16594 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16629 \begin_layout Standard
16630 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
16631 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16632 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16633 explained in the tables section of the
16636 \begin_inset space ~
16642 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16643 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16646 degrees counterclockwise.
16647 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16650 \begin_layout Standard
16651 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16659 Most DVI-viewers are
16663 able to display rotations.
16671 \begin_layout Standard
16676 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16681 adds lines for all cell borders.
16684 \begin_layout Subsection
16686 \begin_inset Index idx
16689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16690 Tables ! Longtables
16696 \begin_inset Index idx
16699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16708 \begin_layout Standard
16709 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16712 \begin_inset space ~
16716 \begin_inset space ~
16725 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16726 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16729 \begin_layout Description
16734 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16735 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16736 except for the first page, if
16739 \begin_inset space ~
16747 \begin_layout Description
16751 \begin_inset space ~
16756 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16757 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16760 \begin_layout Description
16765 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16766 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16767 except for the last page, if
16770 \begin_inset space ~
16778 \begin_layout Description
16782 \begin_inset space ~
16787 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16788 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16791 \begin_layout Description
16792 Caption: The first row is reset as single column.
16793 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
16795 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16799 More about longtable captions can be found in the
16802 \begin_inset space ~
16810 \begin_layout Standard
16811 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
16812 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16813 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16814 The others will then be defined as
16819 In this context, first means first in this order:
16822 \begin_inset space ~
16834 \begin_inset space ~
16840 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16843 \begin_layout Standard
16845 \begin_inset Tabular
16846 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16847 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
16848 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16849 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16850 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16851 <row endfirsthead="true">
16852 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16858 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16863 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16872 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16882 <row endfirsthead="true">
16883 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16894 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16903 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16915 <row endhead="true">
16916 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16927 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16936 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16946 <row endhead="true">
16947 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16958 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16967 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16979 <row endfoot="true">
16980 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16991 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17000 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17031 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17972 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17981 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17990 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18001 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18032 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18063 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18094 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18125 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18156 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18187 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18218 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18249 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18280 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18311 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18342 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18373 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18404 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18435 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18466 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18497 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18528 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18559 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18590 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18621 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18652 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18683 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18714 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18745 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18776 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18807 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18838 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18869 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18900 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18931 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18961 <row endlastfoot="true">
18962 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18973 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18982 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18999 \begin_layout Subsection
19001 \begin_inset Index idx
19004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19011 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19013 name "sub:Table-Cells"
19020 \begin_layout Standard
19021 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
19022 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
19023 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
19024 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
19028 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
19029 for the cell's paragraph.
19032 \begin_layout Standard
19033 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
19034 for the column in the table dialog.
19035 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
19036 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
19040 \begin_layout Standard
19042 \begin_inset Tabular
19043 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
19044 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
19045 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19046 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
19047 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19067 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19136 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
19141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19192 This is longer now.
19197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19248 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
19249 This is longer now.
19254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19280 \begin_layout Standard
19281 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
19282 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
19286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19287 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
19288 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
19294 Selection with the mouse or with
19298 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
19299 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
19300 the selection from outside the table.
19303 \begin_layout Section
19305 \begin_inset Index idx
19308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19315 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19324 \begin_layout Standard
19325 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
19326 have a fixed location.
19328 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19332 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19335 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
19343 \begin_inset space ~
19348 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
19349 too many notes on the page.
19352 \begin_layout Standard
19353 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
19354 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
19355 and pages without text.
19356 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
19357 , every float can be referenced in the text.
19358 Floats are therefore numbered.
19359 Referencing is described in section
19360 \begin_inset space ~
19364 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19366 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19373 \begin_layout Standard
19374 To insert a float, use the menu
19376 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19380 A box with a caption that has e.
19381 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19385 \begin_inset space \space{}
19389 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19393 \begin_inset space ~
19397 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19400 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
19401 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
19403 After the label you can insert the caption text.
19404 \begin_inset Index idx
19407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19413 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
19414 paragraph within the float.
19415 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
19416 by left-clicking on the box label.
19417 A closed float box looks like this:
19418 \begin_inset Graphics
19419 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
19424 – a gray button with a red label.
19427 \begin_layout Standard
19428 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
19429 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
19432 \begin_layout Subsection
19436 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19438 \begin_inset Index idx
19441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19442 Floats ! Figure floats
19448 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19450 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
19457 \begin_layout Standard
19460 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19461 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19464 inserts a float with the label
19465 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19471 \begin_inset space ~
19477 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19481 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
19482 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
19483 This is what we did for Figure
19484 \begin_inset space ~
19488 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19490 reference "cap:Platypus"
19495 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
19496 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
19497 This was done in Figure
19498 \begin_inset space ~
19502 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19504 reference "cap:Escher"
19511 \begin_layout Standard
19512 \begin_inset Float figure
19517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19519 \begin_inset Graphics
19520 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19522 rotateOrigin center
19529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19530 \begin_inset Caption
19532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19533 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19535 name "cap:Platypus"
19539 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
19552 \begin_layout Standard
19553 \begin_inset Float figure
19558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19559 \begin_inset Caption
19561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19562 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19579 \begin_inset Graphics
19580 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19582 rotateOrigin center
19594 \begin_layout Standard
19595 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19597 As described in section
19598 \begin_inset space ~
19602 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19604 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19608 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19610 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19613 and refer to it using the menu
19615 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19619 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19621 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19625 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19628 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
19630 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19634 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19640 \begin_layout Standard
19641 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
19642 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19643 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
19644 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
19646 \begin_inset space ~
19650 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19652 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19656 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19657 You can also set the images one below the other.
19659 \begin_inset space ~
19663 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19665 reference "fig:Undefinable"
19670 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19672 reference "fig:Platypus"
19676 are the subfigures.
19679 \begin_layout Standard
19680 \begin_inset Float figure
19685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19686 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19690 \begin_inset Float figure
19695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19696 \begin_inset Caption
19698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19699 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19701 name "fig:Undefinable"
19713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19714 \begin_inset Graphics
19715 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19726 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19730 \begin_inset Float figure
19735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19736 \begin_inset Caption
19738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19739 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19741 name "fig:Platypus"
19753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19754 \begin_inset Graphics
19755 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19767 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19774 \begin_inset Caption
19776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19777 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19779 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19783 Two distorted images.
19796 \begin_layout Standard
19797 Note that the caption is added to the
19800 \begin_inset space ~
19804 \begin_inset space ~
19809 as described in section
19810 \begin_inset space ~
19814 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19816 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
19823 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19825 \begin_inset Index idx
19828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19829 Floats ! Table floats
19837 \begin_layout Standard
19838 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19840 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19841 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19845 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
19848 \begin_inset space ~
19852 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19854 reference "cap:Table-float"
19858 is an example of a table float.
19861 \begin_layout Standard
19862 \begin_inset Float table
19867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19868 \begin_inset Caption
19870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19871 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19873 name "cap:Table-float"
19885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19887 \begin_inset Tabular
19888 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19889 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
19890 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19891 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19892 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20019 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
20027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20040 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
20043 \end{array}\right]$
20051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20064 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
20085 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20087 \begin_inset Index idx
20090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20091 Floats ! Algorithm floats
20099 \begin_layout Standard
20100 This float type is inserted with the menu
20102 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20103 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20107 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
20108 A possible environment for algorithms is the
20112 , described in section
20113 \begin_inset space ~
20117 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20119 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
20126 \begin_layout Standard
20127 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20135 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
20141 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
20144 \begin_layout Standard
20149 floatname{algorithm}{your
20150 \begin_inset space ~
20156 \begin_layout Standard
20157 to the document preamble (menu
20159 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20166 \begin_inset space ~
20172 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20180 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20186 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20188 \begin_inset Index idx
20191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20192 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
20200 \begin_layout Standard
20201 \begin_inset Wrap figure
20208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20209 \begin_inset Graphics
20210 filename clipart/mobius.eps
20212 rotateOrigin center
20219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20220 \begin_inset Caption
20222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20223 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20225 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20229 This is a wrapped figure.
20230 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20243 This float type is used if you want to
20244 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20248 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20251 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
20253 It can be inserted using the menu
20255 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20256 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20258 \begin_inset space ~
20263 if the LaTeX-package
20268 \begin_inset Index idx
20271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20272 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
20281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20282 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
20285 \begin_inset space ~
20295 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
20298 \begin_inset space ~
20302 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20304 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20308 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
20309 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20317 Available units are explained in Appendix
20318 \begin_inset space ~
20322 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20324 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
20333 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
20337 \begin_layout Standard
20338 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20346 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.
20347 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20351 \begin_inset space \space{}
20354 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up so
20355 that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed over some
20364 \begin_layout Itemize
20365 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
20366 That means that wrap floats should preferably be inserted in the exact
20367 place when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where
20368 page breaks will appear.
20371 \begin_layout Itemize
20372 Wrap floats should either be placed in their own paragraph before the paragraph
20373 where they should wrap into, or within a paragraph.
20376 \begin_layout Itemize
20377 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause trouble, so make sure that
20378 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
20381 \begin_layout Itemize
20382 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
20385 \begin_layout Subsection
20387 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20389 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20394 \begin_inset Index idx
20397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20406 \begin_layout Standard
20407 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
20408 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
20412 \begin_inset space ~
20420 \begin_layout Standard
20421 Rotated floats are always placed on their own pages (or columns, when you
20422 have a multicolumn document).
20423 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
20426 \begin_inset space ~
20432 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
20433 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
20440 \begin_layout Standard
20441 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats; the caption
20442 format is also the same: Table
20443 \begin_inset space ~
20447 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20449 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
20453 is an example of a rotated table float.
20456 \begin_layout Standard
20457 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20465 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
20473 \begin_layout Standard
20474 \begin_inset Float table
20479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20480 \begin_inset Caption
20482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20483 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20485 name "cap:Rotated-table"
20497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20499 \begin_inset Tabular
20500 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
20501 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20502 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20503 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20504 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20505 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20506 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20566 \begin_layout Subsection
20568 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20570 name "sub:Float-Placement"
20575 \begin_inset Index idx
20578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20587 \begin_layout Standard
20588 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20589 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20590 \begin_inset Newline newline
20596 \begin_inset space ~
20601 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20602 span both columns on the page instead of being confined to just one.
20603 \begin_inset Newline newline
20609 \begin_inset space ~
20614 is used to rotate floats, see section
20615 \begin_inset space ~
20619 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20621 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20628 \begin_layout Standard
20629 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20630 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20633 \begin_inset space ~
20637 \begin_inset space ~
20645 \begin_layout Description
20647 \begin_inset space ~
20651 \begin_inset space ~
20654 possible: try to place the float at the position where it is inserted
20657 \begin_layout Description
20659 \begin_inset space ~
20663 \begin_inset space ~
20666 page: try to place the float at the top of the current page
20669 \begin_layout Description
20671 \begin_inset space ~
20675 \begin_inset space ~
20678 page: try to place the float at the bottom of the current page
20681 \begin_layout Description
20683 \begin_inset space ~
20687 \begin_inset space ~
20690 floats: try to place the float at an own page
20693 \begin_layout Standard
20694 The order of the above option is
20699 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20703 \begin_inset space ~
20707 \begin_inset space ~
20715 \begin_inset space ~
20719 \begin_inset space ~
20724 , and then the others.
20725 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20727 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20728 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20731 \begin_layout Standard
20732 By default, each option has its own rules:
20735 \begin_layout Standard
20739 \begin_inset space ~
20743 \begin_inset space ~
20748 only floats occupying less than 70
20749 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20752 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20755 \begin_layout Standard
20759 \begin_inset space ~
20763 \begin_inset space ~
20768 : only floats occupying less than 30
20769 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20772 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20775 \begin_layout Standard
20779 \begin_inset space ~
20783 \begin_inset space ~
20788 : only if more than 50
20789 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20792 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20796 \begin_layout Standard
20797 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20801 \begin_inset space ~
20805 \begin_inset space ~
20813 \begin_layout Standard
20814 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20815 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20816 For this case you can use the option
20819 \begin_inset space ~
20825 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20827 Because the float is then no longer able to
20828 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20832 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20835 when you change your document, this will often destroy the page layout.
20838 \begin_layout Standard
20839 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20840 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20843 \begin_layout Standard
20844 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20846 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20848 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20855 \begin_layout Section
20857 \begin_inset Index idx
20860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20867 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20869 name "sec:Minipages"
20876 \begin_layout Standard
20877 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20879 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20880 \begin_inset space ~
20887 \begin_layout Standard
20888 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20890 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20894 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20895 and its alignment within the page.
20898 \begin_layout Standard
20900 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20910 height_special "totalheight"
20913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20916 This is a minipage.
20917 The text is set in an italic style.
20920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20923 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
20924 another formatting.
20932 \begin_layout Standard
20933 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20936 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
20940 as described in section
20941 \begin_inset space ~
20945 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20947 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
20952 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20958 \begin_layout Standard
20959 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20969 height_special "totalheight"
20972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20973 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20974 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20980 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20984 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20994 height_special "totalheight"
20997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20998 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20999 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21007 \begin_layout Standard
21008 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
21014 \begin_layout Standard
21015 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
21016 to other box types.
21017 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
21028 \begin_layout Chapter
21029 Mathematical Formulas
21030 \begin_inset Index idx
21033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21040 \begin_inset Index idx
21043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21072 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21074 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
21081 \begin_layout Standard
21082 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
21087 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
21090 \begin_layout Section
21092 \begin_inset Index idx
21095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21104 \begin_layout Standard
21105 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
21106 \begin_inset Graphics
21107 filename ../images/math-mode.png
21112 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
21114 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
21115 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
21116 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
21118 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21124 \begin_layout Standard
21125 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
21129 \begin_inset space ~
21134 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
21137 \begin_layout Standard
21138 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
21139 line, like this one:
21142 \begin_layout Standard
21143 This is a line with an inline formula
21144 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
21150 \begin_layout Standard
21151 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as if they were in an own
21152 paragraph, like this one:
21153 \begin_inset Formula \[
21158 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
21161 \begin_layout Standard
21162 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
21164 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21168 \begin_inset space \space{}
21172 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21182 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21185 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
21186 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
21190 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
21193 \begin_inset space ~
21201 \begin_layout Subsection
21202 Navigating in Formulas
21203 \begin_inset Index idx
21206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21215 \begin_layout Standard
21216 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
21217 achieved with the arrow keys.
21218 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
21219 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
21224 will leave a formula construct (a square root
21225 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
21229 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
21233 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21236 \end{array}\right]$
21244 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
21249 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
21250 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
21253 \begin_layout Standard
21258 , printed in this document as
21259 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21276 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21280 \begin_inset Note Note
21283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21284 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
21285 space character (visible space).
21290 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
21291 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
21292 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
21297 For example, if you want
21298 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
21309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21352 , since in the latter case only the
21355 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
21360 will be under the square root sign:
21361 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
21367 \begin_layout Standard
21368 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
21370 \begin_inset Formula \[
21371 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
21375 \end{array}\right)\]
21379 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
21380 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
21383 \begin_layout Subsection
21387 \begin_layout Standard
21388 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
21389 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
21393 and a cursor movement key to select text.
21394 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
21395 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
21396 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
21397 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
21400 \begin_layout Subsection
21401 Exponents and Subscripts
21402 \begin_inset Index idx
21405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21412 \begin_inset Index idx
21415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21424 \begin_layout Standard
21425 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
21426 way is to use a command.
21428 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
21431 , type in a formula
21437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21453 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
21459 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
21463 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
21472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21484 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
21486 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21490 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21493 , you have to use an extra
21497 to separate the hat and the character.
21499 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21503 \begin_inset space \space{}
21507 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
21516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21528 Subscripts are similar: To get
21529 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
21538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21552 \begin_layout Subsection
21554 \begin_inset Index idx
21557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21566 \begin_layout Standard
21567 Create a fraction with either the command
21574 \begin_inset Graphics
21575 filename ../images/math/frac.png
21583 \begin_inset space ~
21589 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
21590 The cursor is above the fraction line.
21591 To move it to the bottom, simply press
21596 To move back up, press
21601 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
21602 \begin_inset Formula \[
21603 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21606 \end{array}\right)}\right]\]
21613 \begin_layout Subsection
21615 \begin_inset Index idx
21618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21627 \begin_layout Standard
21628 Roots can be created using the
21631 \begin_inset space ~
21637 \begin_inset Graphics
21638 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
21661 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21667 produces always a square root.
21670 \begin_layout Subsection
21671 Operators with Limits
21672 \begin_inset Index idx
21675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21682 \begin_inset Index idx
21685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21692 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21694 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21701 \begin_layout Standard
21703 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21707 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21710 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21711 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21712 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21713 The sum operator will automatically place its
21714 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21718 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21721 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21724 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21728 \begin_inset Formula \[
21729 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
21733 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21737 \begin_layout Standard
21738 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21740 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21741 behind the operator and hitting
21749 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21750 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21752 \begin_inset space ~
21756 \begin_inset space ~
21764 \begin_layout Standard
21765 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21766 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21770 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21773 feature as addition, such as
21774 \begin_inset Index idx
21777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21784 \begin_inset Formula \[
21785 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
21789 which will place the
21790 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21794 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21798 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21802 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21803 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21809 \begin_layout Standard
21810 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21817 Have a look at section
21818 \begin_inset space ~
21822 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21824 reference "sub:Functions"
21828 for an explanation of function macros.
21831 \begin_layout Subsection
21833 \begin_inset Index idx
21836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21845 \begin_layout Standard
21846 Most math symbols can be found in the
21849 \begin_inset space ~
21854 under one of several categories; including
21871 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21875 \begin_layout Standard
21876 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21877 you don't have to use the
21880 \begin_inset space ~
21885 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21886 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21889 \begin_layout Subsection
21891 \begin_inset Index idx
21894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21903 \begin_layout Standard
21904 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
21909 arg "space-insert protected"
21915 \begin_inset space ~
21921 \begin_inset Graphics
21922 filename ../images/math/space.png
21927 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
21928 For example, the sequence
21933 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
21937 \begin_inset Graphics
21938 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
21943 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
21944 the space marker and hit space again several times.
21945 With every space hit the size will be changed.
21946 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
21948 Here are two examples:
21951 \begin_layout Standard
21961 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
21967 \begin_layout Standard
21977 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
21983 \begin_layout Subsection
21985 \begin_inset Index idx
21988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21995 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21997 name "sub:Functions"
22004 \begin_layout Standard
22008 \begin_inset space ~
22013 contains under the button
22014 \begin_inset Graphics
22015 filename ../images/math/functions.png
22019 a number of function macros, such as
22020 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
22024 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
22032 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
22039 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
22040 avoid confusions, because
22041 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
22045 \begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
22051 \begin_layout Standard
22052 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
22054 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
22058 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
22064 \begin_layout Standard
22065 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
22066 s are placed, as described in section
22067 \begin_inset space ~
22071 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22073 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22080 \begin_layout Subsection
22082 \begin_inset Index idx
22085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22094 \begin_layout Standard
22095 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
22097 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
22098 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
22099 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22103 \begin_inset space \space{}
22107 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22110 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
22111 Our example is entered by typing
22119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22132 \begin_inset space ~
22136 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22138 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
22142 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
22145 \begin_layout Standard
22146 \begin_inset Float table
22151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22152 \begin_inset Caption
22154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22155 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22157 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
22161 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
22169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22171 \begin_inset Tabular
22172 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
22173 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
22174 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22175 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22176 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22260 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22314 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
22324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22368 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
22378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22422 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
22432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22476 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
22486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22530 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
22540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22584 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
22594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22638 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
22648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22692 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22737 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22758 \begin_layout Standard
22759 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22762 \begin_inset space ~
22768 \begin_inset Graphics
22769 filename ../images/math/hat.png
22773 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22777 \begin_layout Section
22778 Brackets and Delimiters
22779 \begin_inset Index idx
22782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22789 \begin_inset Index idx
22792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22799 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22801 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22808 \begin_layout Standard
22809 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22810 For most purposes, using just the keys
22815 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22816 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
22817 toolbar delimiter icon
22818 \begin_inset Graphics
22819 filename ../images/math/delim.png
22824 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22826 \begin_inset Formula \[
22827 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22830 \end{array}\right]\]
22834 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22835 \begin_inset Formula \[
22836 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
22843 \begin_layout Standard
22844 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22845 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22848 \begin_layout Standard
22849 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22850 left side and right side.
22851 If you use the option
22854 \begin_inset space ~
22859 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22860 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22861 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22862 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22865 \begin_layout Standard
22866 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22867 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22868 inside the brackets.
22869 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22874 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22877 \begin_layout Section
22878 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22879 \begin_inset Index idx
22882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22889 \begin_inset Index idx
22892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22899 \begin_inset Index idx
22902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22903 Math ! Multi-line Equations
22911 \begin_layout Standard
22912 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
22915 \begin_inset space ~
22921 \begin_inset Graphics
22922 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
22927 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
22928 Here is an example:
22929 \begin_inset Formula \[
22930 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22934 \end{array}\right)\]
22938 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
22939 \begin_inset space ~
22943 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22945 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22950 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
22951 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
22952 This alignment is set in the box
22957 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22965 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22969 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22977 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22981 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22989 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22994 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23002 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23005 for every column as default.
23006 For example, the sequence
23007 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23015 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23018 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
23019 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
23020 corresponds to the relevant column.
23021 The result will look like this:
23022 \begin_inset Formula \[
23024 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
23025 column & has & has\, right\\
23026 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
23034 \begin_layout Standard
23035 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
23038 arg "newline-insert newline"
23041 while the cursor is in the matrix.
23042 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
23044 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23047 or the math toolbar.
23050 \begin_layout Standard
23051 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
23052 It can be created with the menu
23054 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23055 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23057 \begin_inset space ~
23069 Here is an example:
23070 \begin_inset Formula \[
23082 \begin_layout Standard
23083 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23086 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
23089 arg "newline-insert newline"
23093 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
23098 arg "newline-insert newline"
23101 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
23102 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23106 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23109 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
23110 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
23111 A new row is created by every further hit of
23114 arg "newline-insert newline"
23118 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
23119 Here is an example:
23120 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23121 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
23122 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
23127 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
23128 where you want to start the shift and hit
23133 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
23134 position to the next column.
23135 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
23136 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
23137 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
23138 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
23145 \begin_layout Standard
23146 The multi-line formula type described here is called
23153 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
23154 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
23155 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23157 reference "eq:asquared"
23162 The other types are described in section
23163 \begin_inset space ~
23167 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23169 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
23176 \begin_layout Section
23177 Formula Numbering and Referencing
23178 \begin_inset Index idx
23181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23182 Math ! Formula numbering
23188 \begin_inset Index idx
23191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23192 Math ! Referencing formulas
23198 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23200 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
23207 \begin_layout Standard
23208 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
23210 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23211 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23213 \begin_inset space ~
23221 arg "math-number-toggle"
23225 The formula number appears in LyX as
23226 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23230 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23233 within parentheses.
23235 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23239 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23242 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
23244 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
23245 the document class.
23246 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
23247 separated by a dot:
23248 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
23249 1+1=2\end{equation}
23256 arg "math-number-toggle"
23259 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
23260 You can only number displayed formulas.
23263 \begin_layout Standard
23264 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
23266 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23267 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23269 \begin_inset space ~
23273 \begin_inset space ~
23277 \begin_inset space ~
23285 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
23288 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
23289 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23291 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
23297 To number all lines use the shortcut
23300 arg "math-number-toggle"
23306 \begin_layout Standard
23307 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23310 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
23311 A label is inserted with the menu
23313 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23316 when the cursor is in the formula.
23317 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
23318 It is recommended to use the proposed
23319 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23327 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23330 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
23331 type when you have many labels in your document.
23332 We inserted in the following example the label
23333 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23337 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23340 in the second line:
23341 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23342 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
23343 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
23348 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
23349 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
23351 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23355 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23359 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
23361 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23363 \begin_inset space ~
23369 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
23370 The reference appears in LyX as a grey cross reference box and in the output
23371 as the formula number:
23374 \begin_layout Standard
23375 This is a cross-reference to equation (
23376 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23378 reference "eq:tanhExp"
23385 \begin_layout Standard
23386 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
23387 \begin_inset space ~
23391 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23393 reference "sec:Cross-References"
23398 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
23401 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23404 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
23408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23409 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
23417 \begin_layout Section
23418 User defined math macros
23419 \begin_inset Index idx
23422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23431 \begin_layout Standard
23432 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
23433 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
23434 Math macros are explained in section
23437 \begin_inset space ~
23449 \begin_layout Section
23453 \begin_layout Subsection
23455 \begin_inset Index idx
23458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23467 \begin_layout Standard
23468 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23469 To set a font in a formula, use the
23472 \begin_inset space ~
23478 \begin_inset Graphics
23479 filename ../images/math/font.png
23483 , or enter its command, listed in table
23484 \begin_inset space ~
23488 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23490 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23497 \begin_layout Standard
23498 \begin_inset Float table
23503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23504 \begin_inset Caption
23506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23507 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23509 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23513 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23523 \begin_inset Tabular
23524 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23525 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
23526 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23527 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23559 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23586 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
23594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23613 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
23621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23646 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
23654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23673 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
23681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23700 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
23708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23734 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
23742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23761 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
23769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23795 \begin_layout Standard
23796 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23804 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
23820 \begin_layout Standard
23821 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
23822 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
23827 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
23828 protected space when you need a space in the box.
23829 Here an example where
23830 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23834 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23841 denotes the set of numbers:
23842 \begin_inset Formula \[
23843 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
23850 \begin_layout Standard
23851 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
23853 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23857 \begin_inset space \space{}
23869 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
23873 \begin_inset Newline newline
23876 So it is better not to use this feature.
23879 \begin_layout Standard
23880 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
23881 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
23885 \begin_inset Newline newline
23888 You can only print them emboldened using the command
23894 , which works like the other typeface commands:
23895 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
23901 \begin_layout Standard
23908 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
23911 \begin_layout Standard
23912 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
23914 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23915 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23917 \begin_inset space ~
23925 \begin_layout Subsection
23927 \begin_inset Index idx
23930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23939 \begin_layout Standard
23940 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
23942 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
23946 \begin_inset space ~
23950 \begin_inset space ~
23958 \begin_inset space ~
23964 \begin_inset Graphics
23965 filename ../images/math/font.png
23976 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
23977 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
23978 Here is an example:
23979 \begin_inset Formula \[
23981 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
23982 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}
23990 \begin_layout Subsection
23992 \begin_inset Index idx
23995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24004 \begin_layout Standard
24005 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
24006 automatically chosen in most situations.
24024 For most characters,
24032 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
24033 and certain other structures, are set larger in
24038 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
24039 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
24041 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
24042 \begin_inset Graphics
24043 filename ../images/math/style.png
24048 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
24049 For example, you can set
24050 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
24053 , which is normally in
24062 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
24066 The four styles are used in the following example:
24069 \begin_layout Standard
24070 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
24074 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
24078 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
24082 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
24088 \begin_layout Standard
24089 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
24090 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
24092 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24094 \begin_inset space ~
24099 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
24100 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
24101 will be adjusted to correspond.
24102 As an example here is a formula in the font size
24103 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24107 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24113 \begin_layout Standard
24117 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
24123 \begin_layout Section
24127 \begin_layout Standard
24128 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
24129 the document classes and into layout modules.
24130 \begin_inset Index idx
24133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24139 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
24140 other than the AMS classes.
24142 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24144 reference "sub:Modules"
24148 for more on layout modules.
24151 \begin_layout Section
24153 \begin_inset Index idx
24156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24163 \begin_inset Index idx
24166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24175 \begin_layout Standard
24176 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
24177 (AMS) that are in common use.
24180 \begin_layout Subsection
24181 Enabling AMS-Support
24184 \begin_layout Standard
24185 Selecting the checkbox
24188 \begin_inset space ~
24192 \begin_inset space ~
24196 \begin_inset space ~
24203 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24207 \begin_inset Index idx
24210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24211 Document ! Settings
24219 \begin_inset space ~
24224 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24226 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24227 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
24230 \begin_layout Subsection
24232 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24234 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24239 \begin_inset Index idx
24242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24243 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24251 \begin_layout Standard
24252 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24253 LyX allows you to choose between
24274 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24277 \begin_layout Chapter
24281 \begin_layout Section
24283 \begin_inset Index idx
24286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24293 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24295 name "sec:Cross-References"
24302 \begin_layout Standard
24303 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24304 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24306 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24307 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24308 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
24311 \begin_layout Enumerate
24315 \begin_layout Enumerate
24316 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24318 name "enu:Second-item"
24325 \begin_layout Enumerate
24329 \begin_layout Standard
24330 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24332 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24335 or by pressing the toolbar button
24336 \begin_inset Graphics
24337 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24343 A grey label box like this:
24344 \begin_inset Graphics
24345 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24350 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24351 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24353 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24361 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24366 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24374 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24378 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24382 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24386 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
24387 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24391 \begin_inset space \space{}
24394 if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
24395 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24403 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24409 \begin_layout Standard
24410 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24412 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24415 or the toolbar button
24416 \begin_inset Graphics
24417 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24423 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24424 \begin_inset Graphics
24425 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24430 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
24432 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24433 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24441 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24445 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24449 \begin_layout Standard
24452 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24455 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
24460 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied
24461 to the actual cursor position via the menu
24463 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24469 \begin_layout Standard
24470 Here is our cross-reference: Item
24471 \begin_inset space ~
24475 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24477 reference "enu:Second-item"
24484 \begin_layout Standard
24485 It is recommended to use a protected space
24489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24490 described in section
24491 \begin_inset space ~
24495 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24497 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24506 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
24510 \begin_layout Standard
24511 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24514 \begin_layout Description
24515 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
24516 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24518 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24525 \begin_layout Description
24526 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
24527 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
24529 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24533 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24537 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24539 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24546 \begin_layout Description
24547 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24548 \begin_inset space ~
24552 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24553 LatexCommand pageref
24554 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24561 \begin_layout Description
24563 \begin_inset space ~
24567 \begin_inset space ~
24570 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24571 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24572 LatexCommand vpageref
24573 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24580 \begin_layout Description
24582 \begin_inset space ~
24586 \begin_inset space ~
24590 \begin_inset space ~
24593 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24595 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24597 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24604 \begin_layout Description
24606 \begin_inset space ~
24609 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24610 \begin_inset Newline newline
24614 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24622 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
24627 \begin_inset Index idx
24630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24631 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
24644 \begin_layout Standard
24649 will not print the page number if the label is on the previous, the same,
24652 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24656 \begin_inset space \space{}
24660 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24668 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24674 <reference> on page <page>
24676 will not print anything about the page if the label is on the same page.
24679 \begin_layout Standard
24680 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output,
24681 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
24682 The varieties are adjusted in the field
24686 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
24690 \begin_layout Standard
24691 You can only use the style
24695 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
24699 is always possible.
24702 \begin_layout Standard
24703 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
24704 for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
24706 Referencing formulas is explained in section
24707 \begin_inset space ~
24711 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24713 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24720 \begin_layout Standard
24721 Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
24725 \begin_inset space ~
24729 \begin_inset space ~
24734 sets the cursor before the referenced label.
24735 This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
24738 \begin_inset space ~
24743 so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
24744 You can also go back with the toolbar button
24745 \begin_inset Graphics
24746 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
24747 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
24748 rotateOrigin center
24755 \begin_layout Standard
24756 You can change labels at any time.
24757 References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
24758 do not need to take care about this.
24761 \begin_layout Standard
24762 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see two question
24763 marks in the output instead of the reference.
24766 \begin_layout Standard
24767 References are described in detail in the
24774 \begin_layout Section
24775 Table of Contents and other Listings
24776 \begin_inset Index idx
24779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24786 \begin_inset Index idx
24789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24796 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24805 \begin_layout Subsection
24807 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24809 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
24816 \begin_layout Standard
24817 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
24819 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24820 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24822 \begin_inset space ~
24826 \begin_inset space ~
24832 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
24833 If you click on it, the
24837 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
24838 sections in your documents.
24839 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
24841 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24844 that is described in sec.
24845 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24849 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24851 reference "sec:Navigating"
24858 \begin_layout Standard
24859 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
24860 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
24862 \begin_inset space ~
24866 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24868 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
24872 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
24874 \begin_inset space ~
24878 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24880 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
24884 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
24886 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
24889 \begin_layout Subsection
24890 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
24891 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24893 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
24900 \begin_layout Standard
24901 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
24902 You can insert them via the
24904 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24906 \begin_inset space ~
24910 \begin_inset space ~
24916 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
24919 \begin_layout Section
24920 URLs and Hyperlinks
24921 \begin_inset Index idx
24924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24931 \begin_inset Index idx
24934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24943 \begin_layout Subsection
24945 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24954 \begin_layout Standard
24955 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
24957 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24963 \begin_layout Standard
24964 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
24965 \begin_inset Flex URL
24968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24978 \begin_layout Standard
24979 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
24985 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
24989 \begin_layout Standard
24990 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24998 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
25006 \begin_layout Subsection
25008 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25010 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
25017 \begin_layout Standard
25018 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
25020 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25023 or with the toolbar button
25024 \begin_inset Graphics
25025 filename ../images/href-insert.png
25026 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25031 The appearing dialog has two fields:
25040 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
25041 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
25042 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25044 name "LyX's homepage"
25045 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25049 , an Email address like this:
25050 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25052 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
25053 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
25058 , or a link to a file.
25061 \begin_layout Standard
25062 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
25064 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25072 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25075 to the link target.
25078 \begin_layout Standard
25079 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
25080 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
25081 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
25082 the text style dialog.
25083 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
25087 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25089 name "LyX's homepage"
25090 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25097 \begin_layout Standard
25098 The link text color can be changed, when the option
25102 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
25104 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25105 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25109 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
25111 \begin_inset Newline newline
25119 \begin_inset Newline newline
25126 in the PDF Properties dialog.
25129 \begin_layout Section
25131 \begin_inset Index idx
25134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25141 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25143 name "sec:Appendices"
25150 \begin_layout Standard
25151 Appendices are created with the menu
25153 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25155 \begin_inset space ~
25159 \begin_inset space ~
25165 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
25166 as the appendix region.
25167 The region is marked with a red borderline.
25170 \begin_layout Standard
25171 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
25172 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
25173 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
25174 and the subsection number.
25175 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
25179 \begin_layout Standard
25181 \begin_inset space ~
25185 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25187 reference "cha:Credits"
25192 \begin_inset space ~
25196 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25198 reference "sub:Export"
25205 \begin_layout Section
25207 \begin_inset Index idx
25210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25217 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25219 name "sec:Bibliography"
25226 \begin_layout Standard
25227 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25228 You can include a bibliography database,
25232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25233 Known under the name
25234 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25238 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25246 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
25247 manually, using the paragraph environment
25251 , which was described in section
25252 \begin_inset space ~
25256 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25258 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25263 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
25264 document, like author-year citations, then you must
25268 use a bibliography database.
25271 \begin_layout Subsection
25272 The Bibliography Environment
25275 \begin_layout Standard
25280 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25282 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25291 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25293 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25295 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25299 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25302 , a short form of its title, as key.
25305 \begin_layout Standard
25306 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25308 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25311 or the toolbar button
25312 \begin_inset Graphics
25313 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25314 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25319 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25320 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25321 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25322 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25326 \begin_layout Standard
25327 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
25328 entry with surrounding brackets.
25333 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25334 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25336 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25340 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25346 \begin_layout Standard
25349 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25352 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25354 key "latexcompanion"
25361 \begin_layout Standard
25362 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25363 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25372 \begin_layout Subsection
25373 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25374 \begin_inset Index idx
25377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25378 Bibliography ! Databases
25384 \begin_inset Index idx
25387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25388 Bibliography ! BibTeX
25394 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25396 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25403 \begin_layout Standard
25404 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25410 They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
25412 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
25413 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
25418 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25420 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25421 your working field in a database.
25422 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
25423 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
25425 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
25429 \begin_layout Standard
25430 The database is a text file with the file extension
25431 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25439 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25442 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
25443 The format is explained in
25444 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25450 and in LaTeX books (
25451 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25453 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25458 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
25459 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
25460 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
25461 \begin_inset Flex URL
25464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25466 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25474 \begin_layout Standard
25475 To use a database, use the menu
25477 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25482 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25495 \begin_inset space ~
25501 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25502 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25505 Add bibliography to TOC
25507 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
25512 drop box you can select what part of the database should be output.
25515 \begin_layout Standard
25516 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25517 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25525 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25528 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
25529 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
25530 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
25532 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
25537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25538 For information how this is done, have a look at
25539 \begin_inset Newline newline
25543 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25545 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
25557 \begin_layout Standard
25558 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
25561 \begin_layout Standard
25562 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
25563 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25566 Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25594 \begin_inset space ~
25600 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25606 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25615 \begin_layout Standard
25616 When you select the option
25618 Sectioned bibliography
25622 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25625 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
25626 This and other options are explained in detail in section
25628 Customizing Bibliographies
25636 Additional Features
25641 \begin_layout Standard
25642 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25643 the two methods of creating them.
25644 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25645 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25646 We used the style file
25650 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25653 \begin_layout Subsection
25654 Bibliography layout
25655 \begin_inset Index idx
25658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25659 Bibliography ! Layout
25667 \begin_layout Standard
25668 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25669 For this feature you need to enable the option
25675 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25679 \begin_inset Index idx
25682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25683 Document ! Settings
25693 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
25694 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
25695 in the previous section.
25698 \begin_layout Standard
25699 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
25700 in the citation reference window.
25701 Here an example where we set the text
25702 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25706 \begin_inset space ~
25710 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25713 to appear after the reference:
25716 \begin_layout Standard
25718 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25721 key "latexcompanion"
25728 \begin_layout Section
25730 \begin_inset Index idx
25733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25740 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25749 \begin_layout Standard
25750 An index entry is created if you use the menu
25752 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25754 \begin_inset space ~
25759 or the toolbar button
25760 \begin_inset Graphics
25761 filename ../images/index-insert.png
25762 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25768 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25776 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25779 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
25780 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
25781 by LyX as the index entry.
25784 \begin_layout Standard
25785 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
25786 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
25788 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25790 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
25797 \begin_layout Standard
25798 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
25800 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25802 \begin_inset space ~
25806 \begin_inset space ~
25809 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25811 \begin_inset space ~
25817 A light blue box labeled
25818 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25826 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25829 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
25830 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
25833 \begin_layout Subsection
25834 Grouping Index Entries
25835 \begin_inset Index idx
25838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25847 \begin_layout Standard
25848 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
25850 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
25851 lists under the entry
25852 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25856 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25860 First we create the entry
25861 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25865 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25869 \begin_inset space ~
25873 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25875 reference "sub:Lists"
25880 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
25881 \begin_inset space ~
25885 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25887 reference "sec:Itemize"
25891 , we insert the command
25894 \begin_layout Standard
25900 \begin_layout Standard
25904 \begin_layout Standard
25910 \begin_layout Standard
25911 for the enumerated list in section
25912 \begin_inset space ~
25916 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25918 reference "sec:Enumerate"
25925 \begin_layout Standard
25926 The exclamation mark
25927 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25931 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25934 marks the grouping levels.
25935 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
25936 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
25937 If we don't have an index entry for
25938 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25942 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25945 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
25948 \begin_layout Subsection
25950 \begin_inset Index idx
25953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25954 Index ! Page ranges
25962 \begin_layout Standard
25963 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
25965 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
25966 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
25968 \begin_inset space ~
25972 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25974 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
25981 \begin_layout Standard
25984 Paragraph environments|(
25987 \begin_layout Standard
25988 and another entry at the end of section
25989 \begin_inset space ~
25993 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25995 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
26002 \begin_layout Standard
26005 Paragraph environments|)
26008 \begin_layout Standard
26010 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26018 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26022 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26030 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26033 respectively start and end the index range.
26034 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
26035 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
26036 the pages of the indexed document parts.
26037 An example is the index entry
26038 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26041 Document ! Settings
26042 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26048 \begin_layout Subsection
26050 \begin_inset Index idx
26053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26054 Index ! Cross referencing
26062 \begin_layout Standard
26063 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
26064 We referred for example in the index entry
26065 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26069 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26073 \begin_inset space ~
26077 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26079 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
26083 ) to the index entry
26084 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26088 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26091 in the same section using the entry
26094 \begin_layout Standard
26097 GIF|see{Image formats}
26100 \begin_layout Standard
26101 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
26102 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
26103 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
26106 \begin_layout Subsection
26108 \begin_inset Index idx
26111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26112 Index ! Entry order
26120 \begin_layout Standard
26121 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
26122 then not follow the rules for the index order.
26123 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
26127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26128 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
26130 \begin_inset space ~
26134 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26136 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26145 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
26146 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
26147 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26151 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26155 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26159 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26163 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26167 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26171 \begin_inset Index idx
26174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26175 Dummy entries ! maïs
26181 \begin_inset Index idx
26184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26185 Dummy entries ! maître
26191 \begin_inset Index idx
26194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26195 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
26200 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
26201 order maïs, maison, maître.
26202 To achieve this, we use the command
26205 \begin_layout Standard
26208 previous entry@current entry
26211 \begin_layout Standard
26212 In our case we want to have
26213 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26217 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26221 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26225 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26228 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
26231 \begin_layout Standard
26237 \begin_layout Standard
26238 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
26239 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
26243 \begin_layout Standard
26244 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
26250 \begin_layout Standard
26251 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
26256 to generate the index (see sec.
26257 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26261 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26263 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26272 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
26274 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26278 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26280 reference "sub:Document-Font"
26284 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
26285 index commands start with
26286 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26294 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26298 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
26303 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
26306 \begin_layout Standard
26318 \begin_layout Standard
26330 \begin_layout Subsection
26332 \begin_inset Index idx
26335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26336 Index ! Entry layout
26344 \begin_layout Standard
26345 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
26346 \begin_inset Index idx
26349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26352 This is an italic dummy entry
26357 You can also format the page number using the character
26358 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26362 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26365 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26366 We can write for example
26369 \begin_layout Standard
26372 italic page number:|textit
26375 \begin_layout Standard
26376 to get the page number in italic.
26377 \begin_inset Index idx
26380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26381 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
26386 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26388 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26396 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26404 \begin_inset space ~
26410 Have a look at section
26411 \begin_inset space ~
26415 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26417 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26421 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26424 \begin_layout Standard
26425 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26433 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
26437 to generate the index, see sec.
26438 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26442 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26444 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26453 , however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text.
26454 This is because xindy requires to define semantic elements before they
26456 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26459 key "latexcompanion"
26471 \begin_layout Standard
26472 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
26474 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
26475 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
26476 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
26477 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
26478 If so, put the following in the preamble
26481 \begin_layout Standard
26493 \begin_layout Standard
26497 \begin_layout Standard
26503 \begin_layout Standard
26504 in the index entry.
26505 \begin_inset Index idx
26508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26509 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
26514 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
26515 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
26516 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
26519 \begin_layout Standard
26520 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26522 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26526 \begin_inset space \space{}
26529 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26530 for all index entries.
26531 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
26543 documentation for details,
26544 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26546 key "makeindex,xindy"
26553 \begin_layout Subsection
26555 \begin_inset Index idx
26558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26565 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26567 name "sub:Index-Program"
26574 \begin_layout Standard
26575 If the index entry program
26579 is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
26583 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
26587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26592 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
26593 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
26594 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
26595 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
26596 However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
26606 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
26607 dialog, see section
26608 \begin_inset space ~
26612 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26614 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26619 The available options are listed and explained in
26620 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26622 key "makeindex,xindy"
26627 In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
26631 \begin_layout Standard
26632 If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
26633 given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{}
26636 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26637 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
26638 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
26642 This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
26643 to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
26646 \begin_layout Subsection
26650 \begin_layout Standard
26651 In many fields, it is common to have more than one index.
26652 For instance, you might need to set up a separate
26653 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26657 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26660 next to the standard index.
26661 LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many
26662 packages that add this feature.
26668 \begin_inset Index idx
26671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26672 LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
26677 package to generate multiple indexes.
26678 The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
26679 If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX Catalogue,
26680 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26687 Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
26688 includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
26689 Please consult the package's manual for details.
26692 \begin_layout Standard
26693 To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
26695 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26696 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
26697 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
26701 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26704 Use multiple Indexes
26705 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26709 Note that the list of
26710 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26714 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26717 below already contains the standard index.
26718 To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
26719 also appear as a heading) to the
26720 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26724 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26727 input field and press the
26728 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26732 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26736 The new index should now appear in the list as well.
26737 If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index
26738 by selecting the index in the list and hitting the
26739 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26742 Alter Color\SpecialChar \ldots{}
26744 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26748 The label color may help you to differentiate index entries of different
26749 indexes in the LyX work area.
26752 \begin_layout Standard
26753 Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
26756 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26758 \begin_inset space ~
26762 \begin_inset space ~
26771 menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes.
26772 The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
26773 are some additional features:
26776 \begin_layout Itemize
26777 If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
26778 on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that.
26781 \begin_layout Itemize
26782 By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
26783 Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a
26784 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26788 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26792 If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
26794 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26797 g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
26798 as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
26799 to the non-subindexes.
26802 \begin_layout Section
26803 Nomenclature / Glossary
26804 \begin_inset Index idx
26807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26814 \begin_inset Index idx
26817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26846 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26848 name "sec:Nomenclature"
26855 \begin_layout Standard
26856 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
26857 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
26861 \begin_layout Standard
26862 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
26867 \begin_inset Index idx
26870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26871 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
26877 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26878 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26884 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26887 \begin_layout Standard
26888 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
26889 and then use the menu
26891 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26897 \begin_inset space ~
26902 or the toolbar button
26903 \begin_inset Graphics
26904 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
26905 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26911 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26919 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26922 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
26925 \begin_layout Standard
26926 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
26927 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
26928 The second is the description of the symbol.
26931 \begin_layout Standard
26932 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26940 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
26948 \begin_layout Subsection
26949 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
26950 \begin_inset Index idx
26953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26954 Nomenclature ! Layout
26962 \begin_layout Standard
26963 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
26967 field as LaTeX-formulas.
26969 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26973 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26977 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26981 \begin_inset Newline newline
26989 \begin_inset Newline newline
26995 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26999 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27002 character starts/ends the formula.
27003 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
27005 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27011 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27015 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
27025 \begin_layout Standard
27026 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
27027 \begin_inset space ~
27031 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27033 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27040 \begin_layout Standard
27044 \begin_inset space ~
27049 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
27050 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
27051 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27055 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27059 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27062 in this document is:
27063 \begin_inset Newline newline
27068 dummy entry for the character
27073 \begin_inset Newline newline
27085 \begin_inset space ~
27095 font use the command
27124 \begin_layout Subsection
27125 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
27126 \begin_inset Index idx
27129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27130 Nomenclature ! Sort order
27138 \begin_layout Standard
27139 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
27140 the symbol definition.
27141 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
27142 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
27145 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27146 LatexCommand nomenclature
27148 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
27155 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27159 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27160 LatexCommand nomenclature
27163 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
27168 They will be sorted by
27169 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27177 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27181 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27195 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27198 will be sorted before the
27202 since the character
27203 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27207 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27210 is considered in sorting.
27213 \begin_layout Standard
27214 To control the sort order, you can edit the
27217 \begin_inset space ~
27222 field of the nomenclature dialog.
27223 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
27225 For the example given, you can insert
27229 in this field for the
27230 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27237 will be located before
27238 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27244 \begin_layout Standard
27245 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
27250 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27259 \begin_layout Subsection
27260 Nomenclature Options
27261 \begin_inset Index idx
27264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27265 Nomenclature ! Options
27273 \begin_layout Standard
27278 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
27279 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
27282 \begin_layout Description
27283 refeq Appends the phrase
27284 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27296 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27299 to every nomenclature entry, where
27305 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
27308 \begin_layout Description
27309 refpage Appends the phrase
27310 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27322 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27325 to every nomenclature entry, where
27331 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
27334 \begin_layout Description
27335 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
27338 \begin_layout Standard
27339 There are furthermore the options
27383 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
27387 \begin_layout Standard
27388 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
27389 class options list in the
27391 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27395 In this document the option
27402 \begin_layout Standard
27403 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27409 \begin_layout Standard
27410 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
27411 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
27416 field in the nomenclature dialog:
27419 \begin_layout Description
27429 \begin_layout Description
27432 nomrefpage Like the
27439 \begin_layout Description
27442 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
27451 \begin_layout Description
27455 \begin_inset space ~
27461 \begin_inset space ~
27466 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
27469 \begin_layout Subsection
27470 Printing the Nomenclature
27471 \begin_inset Index idx
27474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27475 Nomenclature ! Printing
27483 \begin_layout Standard
27484 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
27486 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27488 \begin_inset space ~
27492 \begin_inset space ~
27495 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27499 A light blue box labeled
27500 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27508 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27511 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
27512 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
27515 \begin_layout Standard
27516 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
27517 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27521 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27525 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
27533 For example, in order to change the name to
27537 , add the following line to the preamble:
27540 \begin_layout Standard
27548 nomname}{List of Symbols}
27551 \begin_layout Standard
27552 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
27558 \begin_layout Standard
27559 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
27560 by adding the following line to the preamble:
27563 \begin_layout Standard
27571 nomlabelwidth}{width}
27574 \begin_layout Standard
27577 where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
27578 \begin_inset space ~
27582 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27584 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
27589 The default value is 1
27590 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27596 \begin_layout Subsection
27597 Nomenclature Program
27598 \begin_inset Index idx
27601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27602 Nomenclature ! Program
27608 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27610 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
27617 \begin_layout Standard
27618 LyX uses the program
27622 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
27623 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
27628 by adding options, see section
27629 \begin_inset space ~
27633 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27635 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27640 The available options are listed and explained in
27641 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27643 key "nomencl,makeindex"
27650 \begin_layout Section
27652 \begin_inset Index idx
27655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27662 \begin_inset Index idx
27665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27666 Document ! Branches
27672 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27674 name "sec:Branches"
27681 \begin_layout Standard
27682 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
27683 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
27684 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
27685 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
27688 \begin_layout Standard
27689 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
27690 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
27691 To create a branch, go in the
27693 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27701 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
27702 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
27705 \begin_layout Standard
27706 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
27707 These boxes are inserted via the menu
27709 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27712 where you can choose a branch.
27713 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
27716 \begin_layout Standard
27717 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
27718 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
27721 \begin_layout Standard
27722 \begin_inset Branch Question
27725 \begin_layout Standard
27726 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
27734 \begin_layout Standard
27735 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27738 \begin_layout Standard
27739 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
27747 \begin_layout Standard
27748 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27754 \begin_layout Standard
27755 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
27756 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
27758 For example you can define for the question branch
27762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27763 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27764 \begin_inset space ~
27768 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27770 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27782 \begin_layout Standard
27792 \begin_layout Standard
27802 \begin_layout Standard
27803 and for the answer branch
27806 \begin_layout Standard
27816 \begin_layout Standard
27826 \begin_layout Standard
27827 \begin_inset Branch Question
27830 \begin_layout Standard
27834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27862 \begin_layout Standard
27863 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27866 \begin_layout Standard
27870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27898 \begin_layout Standard
27899 Now it is possible to use the commands
27903 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27910 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27913 to obtain conditional output.
27914 Here is an example formula where only the
27921 \begin_inset Formula \[
27922 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.\]
27929 \begin_layout Standard
27930 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
27938 \begin_layout Section
27940 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27942 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
27947 \begin_inset Index idx
27950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27959 \begin_layout Standard
27964 dialog allows you in the
27968 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
27969 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
27974 \begin_inset Index idx
27977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27978 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
27986 \begin_layout Standard
27991 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
27992 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
27993 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
27995 You can specify in the dialog tab
27999 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
28001 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
28002 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
28006 \begin_layout Standard
28011 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
28012 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
28013 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
28015 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
28016 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
28018 \begin_inset space ~
28021 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
28022 \begin_inset space ~
28025 1 will only display the sections.
28028 \begin_layout Standard
28029 The header information in the dialog tab
28033 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
28034 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
28035 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28039 \begin_inset space \space{}
28042 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
28043 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
28046 Automatic fill header
28048 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
28049 title and author settings.
28052 \begin_layout Standard
28055 Load in fullscreen mode
28057 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
28060 \begin_layout Standard
28061 PDF properties are also used in this document.
28062 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
28068 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
28069 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28078 \begin_layout Section
28079 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
28080 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28082 name "sec:TeX-Code"
28089 \begin_layout Subsection
28091 \begin_inset Index idx
28094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28101 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28103 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
28110 \begin_layout Standard
28111 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
28112 constructs, but not all.
28113 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
28114 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
28115 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
28116 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
28117 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
28121 \begin_layout Standard
28122 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
28124 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
28126 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28128 \begin_inset space ~
28133 or by the toolbar button
28134 \begin_inset Graphics
28135 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
28140 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
28144 \begin_layout Standard
28145 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
28146 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
28147 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word are therefore using
28154 , you can write the command part
28160 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
28164 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
28165 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
28166 the following example:
28169 \begin_layout Standard
28170 \begin_inset Graphics
28171 filename clipart/ERT.png
28179 \begin_layout Standard
28183 \begin_layout Standard
28184 This is a line with a
28188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28211 \begin_layout Standard
28212 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
28215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28220 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
28221 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
28229 \begin_layout Subsection
28230 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
28231 \begin_inset Argument
28234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28241 \begin_inset Index idx
28244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28251 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28253 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28260 \begin_layout Standard
28261 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
28262 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
28263 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
28264 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28268 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28272 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
28273 any time if you know the right commands.
28275 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28279 \begin_inset space \space{}
28282 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
28284 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
28285 all caption labels bold.
28286 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
28288 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
28292 \begin_layout Standard
28293 Now LaTeX comes into play.
28294 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
28295 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
28297 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28306 \begin_layout Standard
28307 As result you know that the package
28312 \begin_inset Index idx
28315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28316 LaTeX-packages ! caption
28322 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
28324 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28330 \begin_layout Standard
28335 usepackage[options]{package name}
28338 \begin_layout Standard
28339 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
28340 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
28341 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
28344 \begin_layout Standard
28345 In your case the package name is
28350 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
28355 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
28356 So you add the command
28359 \begin_layout Standard
28364 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
28367 \begin_layout Standard
28368 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
28372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28373 For more commands provided by the
28377 package, have a look at its documentation,
28378 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28392 \begin_layout Standard
28393 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
28395 For example if you use a
28399 class, you don't need the package
28403 , you can instead write
28406 \begin_layout Standard
28411 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
28416 \begin_layout Standard
28417 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
28418 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
28419 documentation of the document class you want to use.
28426 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
28429 \begin_layout Standard
28430 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
28431 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
28433 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
28434 the previous section.
28437 \begin_layout Standard
28438 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
28440 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28442 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
28450 \begin_layout Section
28451 Previewing Snippets of your Document
28452 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28454 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
28459 \begin_inset Index idx
28462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28469 \begin_inset Index idx
28472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28481 \begin_layout Standard
28482 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
28483 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
28484 to break your train of thought with
28486 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28492 \begin_layout Standard
28493 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
28494 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
28499 \begin_inset Index idx
28502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28503 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
28508 as explained below, and turn on
28511 \begin_inset space ~
28518 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28522 \begin_inset space ~
28526 \begin_inset space ~
28529 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28534 \begin_inset space ~
28539 is the multiplication factor for the size.
28542 \begin_layout Standard
28543 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
28545 Previews of an already loaded document are
28549 generated just by selecting the
28552 \begin_inset space ~
28557 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
28560 \begin_layout Standard
28561 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
28562 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
28565 \begin_inset space ~
28570 check box in the insert dialog.
28571 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
28575 \begin_layout Standard
28576 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
28580 (on some systems named simply
28585 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28587 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28593 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28594 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
28602 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
28606 \begin_layout Standard
28607 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28613 \begin_layout Standard
28614 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
28618 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28620 \begin_inset space ~
28625 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
28626 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
28628 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
28629 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
28630 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
28631 the source view window.
28634 \begin_layout Section
28636 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28638 name "sec:Spellchecking"
28643 \begin_inset Index idx
28646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28655 \begin_layout Standard
28656 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
28657 Rather it uses one of the external programs
28674 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
28680 can be seen as the successor to
28688 , it supports multiple languages in parallel, so it is recommended to use
28694 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
28695 The used spell checker and its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
28703 \begin_layout Standard
28704 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
28705 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
28712 \begin_layout Standard
28715 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28718 or the toolbar button
28719 \begin_inset Graphics
28720 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
28721 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
28725 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
28726 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
28727 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
28728 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
28729 scrolled so that it is visible.
28734 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
28736 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
28740 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
28741 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
28744 \begin_layout Standard
28745 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
28748 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28752 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
28753 will bring an error message.
28754 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
28755 specifying a different
28757 Alternative language
28759 in preferences dialog.
28762 \begin_layout Standard
28763 After a spell check you will be informed about the number of checked words.
28766 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28770 \begin_layout Standard
28771 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
28772 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
28774 But you can use the
28777 \begin_inset space ~
28781 \begin_inset space ~
28789 \begin_layout Standard
28790 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
28791 This does work with
28795 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
28798 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28802 \begin_layout Standard
28807 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
28810 \begin_layout Description
28812 \begin_inset space ~
28815 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
28816 should consider, e.
28817 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28821 \begin_inset space \space{}
28824 German umlauts although you are spell checking an English document.
28825 This should not normally be needed.
28828 \begin_layout Description
28830 \begin_inset space ~
28833 dictionary to use a different file as your personal dictionary instead of
28834 the spell checker's default choice
28837 \begin_layout Description
28839 \begin_inset space ~
28843 \begin_inset space ~
28846 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
28848 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28852 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28858 \begin_layout Description
28860 \begin_inset space ~
28864 \begin_inset space ~
28867 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
28869 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28876 also for the spellchecker.
28880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28881 The encodings are explained in section
28882 \begin_inset space ~
28886 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28888 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
28897 Only enable this if you use
28901 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
28902 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
28903 so this is disabled by default.
28906 \begin_layout Section
28908 \begin_inset Index idx
28911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28918 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28920 name "sec:Thesaurus"
28927 \begin_layout Standard
28928 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
28929 It uses the same thesaurus framework as OpenOffice and Firefox (namely
28938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28939 \begin_inset CommandInset href
28941 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
28950 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
28951 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
28952 are available for many languages.
28955 \begin_layout Standard
28956 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
28960 \begin_layout Subsection
28961 Setting up the thesaurus
28964 \begin_layout Standard
28969 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
28974 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
28979 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
28981 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28985 en_EN for English).
28986 For instance, the English files are named:
28989 \begin_layout Itemize
28993 \begin_layout Itemize
28997 \begin_layout Standard
28998 If you have OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these files should be
28999 already on your system.
29000 If not, you can get dictionaries from the site
29001 \begin_inset Flex URL
29004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29006 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
29012 Note that, as of OpenOffice 3.0, these files are usually packed in extension
29017 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
29019 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
29020 unpack a zip archive.
29023 \begin_layout Standard
29032 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
29033 s), and specify the path to this directory in
29035 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29036 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29040 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
29043 \begin_layout Subsection
29044 Using the thesaurus
29047 \begin_layout Standard
29048 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
29050 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29053 or the toolbar button
29054 \begin_inset Graphics
29055 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
29056 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29057 rotateOrigin center
29061 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
29063 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
29065 The proposals are grouped into categories.
29066 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
29067 and hyponyms (such as
29075 ), compounds (such as
29079 ) and antonyms (such as
29087 ), which are marked as such.
29090 \begin_layout Standard
29091 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
29092 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
29096 \begin_layout Standard
29097 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
29098 the dictionary, such as the above
29102 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
29103 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29107 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
29108 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
29109 For example looking up the word forms
29117 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
29122 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
29123 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29135 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
29136 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
29137 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
29140 \begin_layout Subsection
29141 License of the Thesaurus library
29144 \begin_layout Standard
29149 library, which is used by LyX for the thesaurus, was created by
29154 as a standalone program.
29155 Version 1.1 of the library is included in LyX.
29156 The library was released under the
29158 Berkeley Database License
29160 , which is compatible with LyX's license, the GPL.
29161 In order to meet the requirements of the Berkeley Database License, the
29162 MyThes license file is included in the LyX sources in the folder
29164 ~src/support/mythes/license.readme
29167 In LyX Windows installations it is additionally available in the file
29171 that is in the same folder as the file lyx.exe.
29174 \begin_layout Section
29176 \begin_inset Index idx
29179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29186 \begin_inset Index idx
29189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29190 Document ! Change Tracking
29196 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29198 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
29205 \begin_layout Standard
29206 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
29207 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
29208 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
29209 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
29211 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29213 \begin_inset space ~
29216 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29218 \begin_inset space ~
29226 \begin_layout Standard
29227 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
29241 The color depends on the author that made the change.
29242 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
29245 \begin_inset space ~
29249 \begin_inset space ~
29259 \begin_inset Index idx
29262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29263 Color ! Change tracking
29268 The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
29269 the cursor is in changed text.
29270 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
29271 \begin_inset Graphics
29272 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
29273 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29274 rotateOrigin center
29281 \begin_layout Standard
29282 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
29283 \begin_inset Index idx
29286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29295 \begin_layout Standard
29296 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29302 \begin_layout Standard
29303 \begin_inset Graphics
29304 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
29311 \begin_layout Standard
29312 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29318 \begin_layout Standard
29319 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
29323 \begin_layout Standard
29324 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29330 \begin_layout Standard
29331 \begin_inset Tabular
29332 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
29333 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
29334 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
29335 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
29336 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29341 \begin_inset Graphics
29342 filename ../images/changes-track.png
29343 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29344 rotateOrigin center
29353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29359 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29361 \begin_inset space ~
29364 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29366 \begin_inset space ~
29375 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29380 \begin_inset Graphics
29381 filename ../images/changes-output.png
29382 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29383 rotateOrigin center
29392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29398 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29400 \begin_inset space ~
29403 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29405 \begin_inset space ~
29409 \begin_inset space ~
29413 \begin_inset space ~
29422 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29427 \begin_inset Graphics
29428 filename ../images/change-next.png
29429 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29430 rotateOrigin center
29439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29443 Jumps to the next change
29449 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29454 \begin_inset Graphics
29455 filename ../images/change-accept.png
29456 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29457 rotateOrigin center
29466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29472 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29474 \begin_inset space ~
29477 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29479 \begin_inset space ~
29488 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29493 \begin_inset Graphics
29494 filename ../images/change-reject.png
29495 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29496 rotateOrigin center
29505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29511 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29513 \begin_inset space ~
29516 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29518 \begin_inset space ~
29527 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29532 \begin_inset Graphics
29533 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
29534 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29535 rotateOrigin center
29544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29550 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29552 \begin_inset space ~
29555 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29557 \begin_inset space ~
29566 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29571 \begin_inset Graphics
29572 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
29573 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29574 rotateOrigin center
29583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29589 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29591 \begin_inset space ~
29594 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29596 \begin_inset space ~
29600 \begin_inset space ~
29609 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29614 \begin_inset Graphics
29615 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
29616 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29617 rotateOrigin center
29626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29632 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29634 \begin_inset space ~
29637 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29639 \begin_inset space ~
29643 \begin_inset space ~
29652 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29657 \begin_inset Graphics
29658 filename ../images/note-insert.png
29659 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29660 rotateOrigin center
29669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29675 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29676 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29678 \begin_inset space ~
29687 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29692 \begin_inset Graphics
29693 filename ../images/note-next.png
29694 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29695 rotateOrigin center
29704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29710 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29712 \begin_inset space ~
29728 \begin_layout Standard
29729 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29735 \begin_layout Standard
29736 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
29737 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
29738 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
29739 the next change behind the current cursor position.
29740 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
29741 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
29742 step to the next change.
29743 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
29746 \begin_layout Standard
29747 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
29748 to describe a change.
29751 \begin_layout Standard
29752 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
29757 \begin_inset Index idx
29760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29761 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
29767 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
29768 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29774 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
29777 \begin_layout Section
29778 International Support
29779 \begin_inset Index idx
29782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29783 International support
29791 \begin_layout Standard
29792 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
29793 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
29794 how to set up LyX to use them:
29795 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29797 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
29804 \begin_layout Standard
29805 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
29806 \begin_inset space ~
29810 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29812 reference "sub:Special-Character"
29819 \begin_layout Subsection
29821 \begin_inset Index idx
29824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29831 \begin_inset Index idx
29834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29835 Document ! Settings
29841 \begin_inset Index idx
29844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29845 Document ! Language
29853 \begin_layout Standard
29856 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29859 dialog lets you set
29861 the language and character encoding for your language.
29865 \begin_layout Standard
29866 Choose your language in the
29870 section of this dialog.
29878 \begin_layout Standard
29883 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
29888 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
29889 For details about the different encoding options see section
29890 \begin_inset space ~
29894 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29896 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
29903 \begin_layout Subsection
29904 Keyboard mapping configuration
29905 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29907 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
29914 \begin_layout Standard
29915 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language
29916 other than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
29917 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
29918 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
29919 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
29921 \begin_inset space ~
29925 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29927 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
29932 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
29933 which one you want to use.
29936 \begin_layout Standard
29937 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
29938 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
29939 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
29940 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
29941 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
29942 one to support the characters you want.
29943 This and many other customizations are explained in the
29950 \begin_layout Subsection
29954 \begin_layout Standard
29956 \begin_inset space ~
29960 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29962 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
29971 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
29975 \begin_layout Standard
29976 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
29977 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
29985 \begin_layout Itemize
29986 Even if you have selected
29992 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29995 dialog, users who have only the
29999 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
30003 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
30004 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
30005 french quotes won't show up.
30008 \begin_layout Standard
30009 \begin_inset Float table
30014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30015 \begin_inset Caption
30017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30018 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30020 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
30036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30038 \begin_inset Tabular
30039 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
30040 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
30041 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30042 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30043 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30044 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30045 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30046 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30047 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30048 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30049 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30050 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30051 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30052 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30053 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30054 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30055 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30056 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30057 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30910 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34470 \begin_layout Standard
34471 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
34473 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
34474 also the characters from
34486 \begin_layout Itemize
34495 \begin_layout Standard
34496 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
34497 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34503 \begin_layout Standard
34504 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
34505 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34511 \begin_layout Standard
34512 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
34513 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34519 \begin_layout Standard
34520 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
34521 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34527 \begin_layout Standard
34529 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34535 \begin_layout Standard
34537 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34543 \begin_layout Standard
34545 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34552 \begin_layout Itemize
34565 \begin_layout Standard
34567 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34573 \begin_layout Standard
34575 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34581 \begin_layout Standard
34583 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34589 \begin_layout Standard
34591 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34597 \begin_layout Standard
34599 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34605 \begin_layout Standard
34607 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34614 \begin_layout Standard
34615 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
34616 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
34617 Also make sure you're using the
34624 \begin_layout Chapter
34627 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34629 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
34636 \begin_layout Standard
34637 This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
34638 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
34639 topic inside the user's guide.
34642 \begin_layout Section
34644 \begin_inset Index idx
34647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34656 \begin_layout Standard
34661 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
34662 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
34665 \begin_layout Subsection
34669 \begin_layout Standard
34670 Creates a new document.
34673 \begin_layout Subsection
34677 \begin_layout Standard
34678 This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
34679 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
34680 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
34683 \begin_layout Subsection
34687 \begin_layout Standard
34691 \begin_layout Subsection
34695 \begin_layout Standard
34696 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
34697 Click there on a file to open it.
34700 \begin_layout Subsection
34704 \begin_layout Standard
34705 Closes the current document.
34708 \begin_layout Subsection
34712 \begin_layout Standard
34713 Closes all opened documents.
34716 \begin_layout Subsection
34720 \begin_layout Standard
34721 Saves the actual document.
34724 \begin_layout Subsection
34728 \begin_layout Standard
34729 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
34732 \begin_layout Subsection
34736 \begin_layout Standard
34737 Saves all opened documents.
34740 \begin_layout Subsection
34744 \begin_layout Standard
34745 Reloads the actual document from disk.
34748 \begin_layout Subsection
34752 \begin_layout Standard
34753 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
34754 It is described in the section
34756 Version Control in LyX
34760 Additional Features
34765 \begin_layout Subsection
34769 \begin_layout Standard
34770 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
34771 NoWeb-files, plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files
34772 (CSV) as a new LyX-document.
34773 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
34776 \begin_layout Standard
34777 When using the menu entry
34780 \begin_inset space ~
34785 , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
34789 \begin_inset space ~
34793 \begin_inset space ~
34798 , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
34799 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
34802 \begin_layout Subsection
34804 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34813 \begin_layout Standard
34814 You can export your document to various file formats.
34815 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
34816 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
34817 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
34820 \begin_layout Standard
34821 Here is a list of all available entries; some of them are explained in detail
34823 \begin_inset space ~
34827 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34829 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
34836 \begin_layout Description
34840 \begin_inset space ~
34845 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
34847 \begin_inset Newline newline
34850 Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.
34853 \begin_layout Description
34861 \begin_layout Description
34862 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and may not
34866 \begin_layout Description
34868 \begin_inset space ~
34872 \begin_inset space ~
34875 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
34879 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
34887 \begin_layout Description
34894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34902 \begin_inset space ~
34907 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
34908 will be converted to a format that is readable by the
34912 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
34915 \begin_layout Description
34922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34930 \begin_inset space ~
34935 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
34936 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
34944 \begin_layout Description
34946 \begin_inset space ~
34949 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable by the LyX versions 1.y.x (
34950 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34954 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34957 is replaced by the version number)
34960 \begin_layout Description
34961 LyXHTML HTML-format, using LyX's internal XHTML engine
34964 \begin_layout Description
34965 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
34978 (The OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and may not work in
34982 \begin_layout Description
34986 \begin_inset space ~
34991 PDF-format using the program
34996 \begin_layout Description
35000 \begin_inset space ~
35005 PDF-format using the program
35010 \begin_layout Description
35014 \begin_inset space ~
35019 PDF-format using the program
35024 \begin_layout Description
35028 \begin_inset space ~
35036 \begin_layout Description
35040 \begin_inset space ~
35044 \begin_inset space ~
35049 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
35050 and then exported as text using the program
35055 \begin_layout Description
35060 PostScript format using the program
35065 \begin_layout Description
35073 \begin_layout Standard
35078 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
35079 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
35085 produces PDF-files directly and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
35088 \begin_layout Standard
35089 If one of the menu entries
35096 \begin_inset space ~
35105 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
35106 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
35107 \begin_inset space ~
35111 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35113 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
35118 \begin_inset Index idx
35121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35122 Reconfiguration of LyX
35130 \begin_layout Standard
35135 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
35136 the export program.
35139 \begin_layout Subsection
35143 \begin_layout Standard
35144 With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
35145 format or send it to a printer.
35146 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
35147 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
35153 For more information have a look at section
35154 \begin_inset space ~
35158 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35160 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
35167 \begin_layout Subsection
35171 \begin_layout Standard
35172 This menu entry will only appear when you have a fax program installed (on
35173 Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
35174 prefix, see section
35175 \begin_inset space ~
35179 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35181 reference "sec:Paths"
35186 With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
35195 The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
35196 The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section
35197 \begin_inset space ~
35201 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35203 reference "sub:Converters"
35210 \begin_layout Subsection
35211 New and Close Window
35214 \begin_layout Standard
35215 Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
35218 \begin_layout Subsection
35222 \begin_layout Standard
35223 Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
35226 \begin_layout Section
35228 \begin_inset Index idx
35231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35240 \begin_layout Subsection
35244 \begin_layout Standard
35245 Described in section
35246 \begin_inset space ~
35250 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35252 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
35259 \begin_layout Subsection
35260 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
35263 \begin_layout Standard
35264 Described in section
35265 \begin_inset space ~
35269 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35271 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
35278 \begin_layout Subsection
35282 \begin_layout Standard
35283 Selects the whole document.
35286 \begin_layout Subsection
35290 \begin_layout Standard
35291 Described in section
35292 \begin_inset space ~
35296 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35298 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
35305 \begin_layout Subsection
35306 Move Paragraph Up/Down
35309 \begin_layout Standard
35310 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
35314 \begin_layout Subsection
35318 \begin_layout Standard
35319 Described in section
35320 \begin_inset space ~
35324 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35326 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
35333 \begin_layout Subsection
35335 \begin_inset Index idx
35338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35339 Paragraph ! Settings
35347 \begin_layout Standard
35348 Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
35349 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently.
35352 \begin_layout Standard
35353 You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
35354 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
35356 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35362 \begin_inset space ~
35370 \begin_layout Subsection
35371 Table Settings and Math
35374 \begin_layout Standard
35375 These two menus are only fully active when the cursor is inside a table
35377 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
35378 The properties of tables are described in section
35379 \begin_inset space ~
35383 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35385 reference "sec:Tables"
35389 , the properties of formulas in chapter
35390 \begin_inset space ~
35394 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35396 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35403 \begin_layout Subsection
35404 Increase / Decrease List Depth
35407 \begin_layout Standard
35408 These menu entries are only active when the cursor is in an environment
35409 that can be nested.
35410 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
35411 \begin_inset space ~
35415 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35417 reference "sec:Nesting"
35422 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35424 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
35431 \begin_layout Section
35433 \begin_inset Index idx
35436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35445 \begin_layout Standard
35450 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
35451 document with an external program.
35452 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
35453 — it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
35454 All possible formats are formats listed in section
35455 \begin_inset space ~
35459 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35461 reference "sub:Export"
35466 You should at least see the menu entries
35473 \begin_inset space ~
35479 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
35480 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
35481 \begin_inset space ~
35485 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35487 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
35492 \begin_inset Index idx
35495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35496 Reconfiguration of LyX
35504 \begin_layout Standard
35505 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
35506 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
35507 \begin_inset space ~
35511 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35513 reference "sec:File-Formats"
35518 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
35521 \begin_layout Standard
35522 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
35525 At the bottom of the
35529 menu the opened documents are listed.
35532 \begin_layout Subsection
35533 Open/Close all Insets
35536 \begin_layout Standard
35537 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
35540 \begin_layout Subsection
35541 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
35544 \begin_layout Standard
35545 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
35548 \begin_layout Standard
35549 Math macros are described in the
35556 \begin_layout Subsection
35560 \begin_layout Standard
35561 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
35563 \begin_inset space ~
35567 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35569 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
35576 \begin_layout Subsection
35580 \begin_layout Standard
35581 This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
35582 opening a new view window.
35585 \begin_layout Subsection
35589 \begin_layout Standard
35590 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
35591 This allows you to view documents the same time to compare them, or to
35592 view the same document, but at different positions.
35593 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
35594 or more documents at the same time.
35595 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
35602 \begin_layout Subsection
35606 \begin_layout Standard
35607 Closes a split view.
35610 \begin_layout Subsection
35614 \begin_layout Standard
35615 Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
35616 so that you will see nothing but your text.
35617 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
35618 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
35619 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the context menu.
35622 \begin_layout Subsection
35624 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35626 name "sub:Toolbars"
35631 \begin_inset Index idx
35634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35643 \begin_layout Standard
35644 In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
35645 All toolbars and the
35648 \begin_inset space ~
35653 can be turned on and off.
35658 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
35670 \begin_inset space ~
35679 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
35683 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
35690 \begin_layout Standard
35695 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
35699 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
35700 or when a certain feature is enabled.
35701 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
35702 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
35703 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
35706 \begin_layout Standard
35707 LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
35708 \begin_inset space ~
35712 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35714 reference "sec:Toolbars"
35721 \begin_layout Section
35723 \begin_inset Index idx
35726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35735 \begin_layout Subsection
35739 \begin_layout Standard
35740 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
35741 \begin_inset space ~
35745 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35747 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35758 \begin_layout Subsection
35760 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35762 name "sub:Special-Character"
35769 \begin_layout Standard
35770 Here you can insert the following characters:
35773 \begin_layout Description
35774 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
35775 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
35776 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
35777 \begin_inset Newline newline
35781 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35789 Not all characters will be visible in the
35793 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
35795 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
35799 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35801 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
35805 ) can display every character.
35813 \begin_layout Description
35814 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
35818 \begin_layout Description
35820 \begin_inset space ~
35824 \begin_inset space ~
35827 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
35828 \begin_inset space ~
35832 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35834 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
35841 \begin_layout Description
35843 \begin_inset space ~
35846 Quote Inserts this quote:
35847 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35850 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
35852 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35862 \begin_layout Description
35864 \begin_inset space ~
35867 Quote Inserts this quote:
35868 \begin_inset Quotes els
35874 \begin_layout Description
35876 \begin_inset space ~
35879 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
35883 \begin_layout Description
35885 \begin_inset space ~
35888 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
35892 \begin_layout Description
35894 \begin_inset space ~
35897 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
35901 \begin_layout Description
35903 \begin_inset space ~
35907 \begin_inset Index idx
35910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35917 \begin_inset Index idx
35920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35921 Language ! Phonetic symbols
35926 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
35927 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
35928 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
35933 \begin_inset Index idx
35936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35937 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
35943 \begin_inset Newline newline
35946 For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of
35950 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
35958 and this Wiki-page:
35959 \begin_inset Newline newline
35963 \begin_inset Flex URL
35966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35968 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
35976 \begin_layout Subsection
35980 \begin_layout Standard
35981 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
35984 \begin_layout Description
35985 Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
35986 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
35992 \begin_layout Description
35993 Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
35994 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
36000 \begin_layout Description
36002 \begin_inset space ~
36005 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
36006 \begin_inset space ~
36010 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36012 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
36019 \begin_layout Description
36021 \begin_inset space ~
36024 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
36025 \begin_inset space ~
36029 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36031 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
36038 \begin_layout Description
36040 \begin_inset space ~
36043 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
36044 \begin_inset space ~
36048 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36050 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
36057 \begin_layout Description
36059 \begin_inset space ~
36062 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
36063 \begin_inset space ~
36067 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36069 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
36076 \begin_layout Description
36078 \begin_inset space ~
36081 Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
36082 \begin_inset space ~
36086 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36088 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
36095 \begin_layout Description
36097 \begin_inset space ~
36100 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
36101 \begin_inset space ~
36105 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36107 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
36114 \begin_layout Description
36116 \begin_inset space ~
36119 Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
36120 \begin_inset space ~
36124 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36126 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
36133 \begin_layout Description
36135 \begin_inset space ~
36138 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
36139 \begin_inset space ~
36143 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36145 reference "sub:Ligatures"
36152 \begin_layout Description
36154 \begin_inset space ~
36158 \begin_inset space ~
36161 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
36162 \begin_inset space ~
36166 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36168 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
36175 \begin_layout Description
36177 \begin_inset space ~
36180 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
36181 text line to the page border, see section
36182 \begin_inset space ~
36186 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36188 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
36195 \begin_layout Description
36197 \begin_inset space ~
36200 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
36201 \begin_inset space ~
36205 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36207 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
36214 \begin_layout Description
36216 \begin_inset space ~
36219 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
36220 text page to the page border, described in section
36221 \begin_inset space ~
36225 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36227 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
36234 \begin_layout Description
36236 \begin_inset space ~
36239 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
36240 \begin_inset space ~
36244 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36246 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
36253 \begin_layout Description
36255 \begin_inset space ~
36259 \begin_inset space ~
36262 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
36263 \begin_inset space ~
36267 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36269 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
36276 \begin_layout Subsection
36280 \begin_layout Standard
36281 Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
36282 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
36284 \begin_inset space ~
36288 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36290 reference "sec:toc"
36295 The index list is described in section
36296 \begin_inset space ~
36300 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36302 reference "sec:Index"
36306 , the nomenclature in section
36307 \begin_inset space ~
36311 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36313 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
36317 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
36318 \begin_inset space ~
36322 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36324 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
36331 \begin_layout Subsection
36335 \begin_layout Standard
36336 To insert floats, described in section
36337 \begin_inset space ~
36341 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36343 reference "sec:Floats"
36350 \begin_layout Subsection
36354 \begin_layout Standard
36355 To insert notes, described in section
36356 \begin_inset space ~
36360 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36362 reference "sec:Notes"
36369 \begin_layout Subsection
36373 \begin_layout Standard
36374 Inserts branch insets as described in section
36375 \begin_inset space ~
36379 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36381 reference "sec:Branches"
36388 \begin_layout Subsection
36392 \begin_layout Standard
36393 Inserts document class-specific insets.
36394 Such insets only exist when they are defined in the layout file for a certain
36396 An example is the document class
36397 \begin_inset Quotes eld
36401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36404 with three custom insets.
36407 Flex insets and InsetLayout
36413 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
36416 \begin_layout Subsection
36418 \begin_inset Index idx
36421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36430 \begin_layout Standard
36431 This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other LyX
36432 files in your document.
36433 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
36444 \begin_layout Subsection
36446 \begin_inset Index idx
36449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36458 \begin_layout Standard
36459 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
36460 \begin_inset space ~
36464 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36466 reference "sec:Minipages"
36471 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter
36482 \begin_layout Subsection
36486 \begin_layout Standard
36487 Inserts a citation as described in section
36488 \begin_inset space ~
36492 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36494 reference "sec:Bibliography"
36501 \begin_layout Subsection
36505 \begin_layout Standard
36506 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
36507 \begin_inset space ~
36511 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36513 reference "sec:Cross-References"
36520 \begin_layout Subsection
36524 \begin_layout Standard
36525 Inserts a label as described in section
36526 \begin_inset space ~
36530 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36532 reference "sec:Cross-References"
36539 \begin_layout Subsection
36541 \begin_inset Index idx
36544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36551 \begin_inset Index idx
36554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36555 Longtables ! Caption
36563 \begin_layout Standard
36564 Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
36565 Floats are described in section
36566 \begin_inset space ~
36570 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36572 reference "sec:Floats"
36576 , captions in longtables are described in the section
36587 \begin_layout Subsection
36591 \begin_layout Standard
36592 Inserts an index entry as described in section
36593 \begin_inset space ~
36597 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36599 reference "sec:Index"
36606 \begin_layout Subsection
36610 \begin_layout Standard
36611 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
36612 \begin_inset space ~
36616 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36618 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
36625 \begin_layout Subsection
36629 \begin_layout Standard
36631 Tables are described in section
36632 \begin_inset space ~
36636 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36638 reference "sec:Tables"
36645 \begin_layout Subsection
36649 \begin_layout Standard
36651 Graphics are described in section
36652 \begin_inset space ~
36656 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36658 reference "sec:Graphics"
36665 \begin_layout Subsection
36669 \begin_layout Standard
36670 Inserts an URL as described in section
36671 \begin_inset space ~
36675 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36677 reference "sub:URLs"
36684 \begin_layout Subsection
36688 \begin_layout Standard
36689 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
36690 \begin_inset space ~
36694 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36696 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
36703 \begin_layout Subsection
36707 \begin_layout Standard
36708 Inserts a footnote, see section
36709 \begin_inset space ~
36713 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36715 reference "sec:Footnotes"
36722 \begin_layout Subsection
36726 \begin_layout Standard
36727 Inserts a marginal note, see section
36728 \begin_inset space ~
36732 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36734 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
36741 \begin_layout Subsection
36745 \begin_layout Standard
36746 Inserts a short title, see section
36747 \begin_inset space ~
36751 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36753 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
36760 \begin_layout Subsection
36764 \begin_layout Standard
36765 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
36766 \begin_inset space ~
36770 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36772 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
36779 \begin_layout Subsection
36781 \begin_inset Index idx
36784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36793 \begin_layout Standard
36794 Inserts a program listings box.
36795 Program listings are explained in the chapter
36797 Program Code Listings
36806 \begin_layout Subsection
36810 \begin_layout Standard
36811 Inserts the actual date.
36812 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
36814 LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
36826 \begin_layout Section
36828 \begin_inset Index idx
36831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36840 \begin_layout Standard
36841 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
36842 \begin_inset space ~
36845 of the current document.
36846 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
36849 \begin_layout Subsection
36853 \begin_layout Standard
36854 With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
36855 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
36857 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36861 \begin_inset space \space{}
36865 \begin_inset space ~
36869 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
36870 \begin_inset space ~
36873 2.5 and use the menu
36876 \begin_inset space ~
36880 \begin_inset space ~
36887 \begin_inset space ~
36893 \begin_inset space ~
36897 \begin_inset space ~
36903 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
36907 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
36913 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
36919 \begin_layout Standard
36920 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
36921 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
36924 \begin_layout Subsection
36925 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
36928 \begin_layout Standard
36929 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
36933 \begin_layout Subsection
36937 \begin_layout Standard
36938 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
36939 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
36940 on a cross-reference box.
36943 \begin_layout Section
36945 \begin_inset Index idx
36948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36957 \begin_layout Subsection
36961 \begin_layout Standard
36962 Change Tracking is described in section
36963 \begin_inset space ~
36967 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36969 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
36976 \begin_layout Subsection
36981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36991 \begin_layout Standard
36992 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
36994 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
36997 \begin_layout Standard
36998 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
37003 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
37006 \begin_layout Subsection
37010 \begin_layout Standard
37011 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
37012 \begin_inset space ~
37016 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37018 reference "sec:Navigating"
37023 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37025 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
37032 \begin_layout Subsection
37033 Start Appendix Here
37036 \begin_layout Standard
37037 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
37038 position as described in section
37039 \begin_inset space ~
37043 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37045 reference "sec:Appendices"
37052 \begin_layout Subsection
37056 \begin_layout Standard
37057 Un/compresses the current document.
37060 \begin_layout Subsection
37064 \begin_layout Standard
37065 The document settings are described in appendix
37066 \begin_inset space ~
37070 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37072 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
37079 \begin_layout Section
37081 \begin_inset Index idx
37084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37093 \begin_layout Subsection
37097 \begin_layout Standard
37098 Spell checking is explained in section
37099 \begin_inset space ~
37103 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37105 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
37112 \begin_layout Subsection
37116 \begin_layout Standard
37117 The thesaurus is described in section
37118 \begin_inset space ~
37122 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37124 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
37131 \begin_layout Subsection
37133 \begin_inset Index idx
37136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37143 \begin_inset Index idx
37146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37155 \begin_layout Standard
37156 Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
37157 highlighted document part.
37160 \begin_layout Subsection
37162 \begin_inset Index idx
37165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37174 \begin_layout Standard
37175 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
37178 \begin_layout Subsection
37180 \begin_inset Index idx
37183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37184 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
37188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37195 Reconfiguration of LyX
37199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37212 \begin_inset Index idx
37215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37216 Reconfiguration of LyX
37224 \begin_layout Standard
37225 This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
37226 and needed programs it needs; see also section
37227 \begin_inset space ~
37231 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37233 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
37240 \begin_layout Subsection
37244 \begin_layout Standard
37245 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
37246 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37250 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37252 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
37259 \begin_layout Section
37261 \begin_inset Index idx
37264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37273 \begin_layout Standard
37274 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
37278 \begin_layout Standard
37282 \begin_inset space ~
37287 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
37288 found by LyX (see also section
37289 \begin_inset space ~
37293 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37295 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
37302 \begin_layout Section
37304 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37306 name "sec:Toolbars"
37313 \begin_layout Standard
37314 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
37315 \begin_inset space ~
37319 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37321 reference "sub:Toolbars"
37328 \begin_layout Standard
37329 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
37330 This is described in the
37332 Additional Features
37337 \begin_layout Subsection
37339 \begin_inset Index idx
37342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37351 \begin_layout Standard
37352 \begin_inset Graphics
37353 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
37361 \begin_layout Standard
37362 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37368 \begin_layout Standard
37369 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37386 \begin_inset Note Note
37389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37390 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
37395 manual for more information.
37403 \begin_layout Standard
37404 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37410 \begin_layout Standard
37411 \begin_inset Tabular
37412 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
37413 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
37414 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37415 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37421 \begin_inset Graphics
37422 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
37432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37436 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
37449 \begin_layout Standard
37450 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
37456 \begin_layout Standard
37458 \begin_inset Tabular
37459 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
37460 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
37461 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37462 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37463 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37470 \begin_inset Graphics
37471 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
37472 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37487 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37494 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37499 \begin_inset Graphics
37500 filename ../images/file-open.png
37501 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37516 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37523 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37528 \begin_inset Graphics
37529 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
37530 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37545 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37552 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37557 \begin_inset Graphics
37558 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
37559 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
37568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37574 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37581 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37586 \begin_inset Graphics
37587 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
37588 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37603 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37610 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37615 \begin_inset Graphics
37616 filename ../images/undo.png
37617 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37632 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37639 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37644 \begin_inset Graphics
37645 filename ../images/redo.png
37646 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37661 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37668 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37673 \begin_inset Graphics
37674 filename ../images/cut.png
37675 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37690 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37697 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37702 \begin_inset Graphics
37703 filename ../images/copy.png
37704 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37719 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37726 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37731 \begin_inset Graphics
37732 filename ../images/paste.png
37733 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37748 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37755 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37760 \begin_inset Graphics
37761 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
37762 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37763 rotateOrigin center
37772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37778 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37780 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37784 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37793 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37798 \begin_inset Graphics
37799 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
37800 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37801 rotateOrigin center
37810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37816 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37817 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37824 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37829 \begin_inset Graphics
37830 filename ../images/font-emph.png
37831 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37844 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
37846 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37848 \begin_inset space ~
37859 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37864 \begin_inset Graphics
37865 filename ../images/font-noun.png
37866 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37879 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
37881 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37883 \begin_inset space ~
37894 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37899 \begin_inset Graphics
37900 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
37901 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37914 Formats text using the current settings in the
37916 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37918 \begin_inset space ~
37929 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37934 \begin_inset Graphics
37935 filename ../images/math-mode.png
37936 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37951 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37952 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37954 \begin_inset space ~
37963 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37968 \begin_inset Graphics
37969 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
37970 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37971 rotateOrigin center
37980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37986 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37993 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37998 \begin_inset Graphics
37999 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
38000 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38001 rotateOrigin center
38010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38016 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38023 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38028 \begin_inset Graphics
38029 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
38030 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38031 rotateOrigin center
38040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38044 Toggle outline window on/off,
38046 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38053 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38058 \begin_inset Graphics
38059 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
38060 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38061 rotateOrigin center
38070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38074 Toggle math toolbar on/off
38080 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38085 \begin_inset Graphics
38086 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
38087 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38088 rotateOrigin center
38097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38101 Toggle table toolbar on/off
38114 \begin_layout Subsection
38116 \begin_inset Index idx
38119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38128 \begin_layout Standard
38129 \begin_inset Graphics
38130 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
38138 \begin_layout Standard
38139 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38145 \begin_layout Standard
38146 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
38150 \begin_layout Standard
38151 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38157 \begin_layout Standard
38158 \begin_inset Tabular
38159 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
38160 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
38161 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38162 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38163 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38168 \begin_inset Graphics
38169 filename ../images/layout.png
38170 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38171 rotateOrigin center
38180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38190 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38195 \begin_inset Graphics
38196 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
38197 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38198 rotateOrigin center
38207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38217 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38222 \begin_inset Graphics
38223 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
38224 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38225 rotateOrigin center
38234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38244 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38249 \begin_inset Graphics
38250 filename ../images/layout_List.png
38251 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38252 rotateOrigin center
38261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38271 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38276 \begin_inset Graphics
38277 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
38278 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38279 rotateOrigin center
38288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38298 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38303 \begin_inset Graphics
38304 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
38305 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38306 rotateOrigin center
38315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38321 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38323 \begin_inset space ~
38327 \begin_inset space ~
38336 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38341 \begin_inset Graphics
38342 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
38343 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38344 rotateOrigin center
38353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38359 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38361 \begin_inset space ~
38365 \begin_inset space ~
38374 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38379 \begin_inset Graphics
38380 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
38381 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38396 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38397 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38404 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38409 \begin_inset Graphics
38410 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
38411 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38426 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38427 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38434 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38439 \begin_inset Graphics
38440 filename ../images/label-insert.png
38441 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38456 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38463 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38468 \begin_inset Graphics
38469 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
38470 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38485 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38492 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38497 \begin_inset Graphics
38498 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
38499 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38514 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38521 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38526 \begin_inset Graphics
38527 filename ../images/index-insert.png
38528 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38543 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38545 \begin_inset space ~
38554 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38559 \begin_inset Graphics
38560 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
38561 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38576 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38578 \begin_inset space ~
38587 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38592 \begin_inset Graphics
38593 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
38594 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38609 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38616 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38621 \begin_inset Graphics
38622 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
38623 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38624 rotateOrigin center
38633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38639 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38641 \begin_inset space ~
38650 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38655 \begin_inset Graphics
38656 filename ../images/note-insert.png
38657 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38672 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38673 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38675 \begin_inset space ~
38684 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38689 \begin_inset Graphics
38690 filename ../images/box-insert.png
38691 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38706 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38713 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38718 \begin_inset Graphics
38719 filename ../images/url-insert.png
38720 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38735 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38742 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38747 \begin_inset Graphics
38748 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
38749 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38764 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38786 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38791 \begin_inset Graphics
38792 filename ../images/math-macro_newmacroname_newcommand.png
38793 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38808 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38809 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38816 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38821 \begin_inset Graphics
38822 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
38823 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38838 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38839 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38841 \begin_inset space ~
38850 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38855 \begin_inset Graphics
38856 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
38857 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38858 rotateOrigin center
38867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38873 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38875 \begin_inset space ~
38884 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38889 \begin_inset Graphics
38890 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
38891 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38892 rotateOrigin center
38901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38907 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38909 \begin_inset space ~
38918 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38923 \begin_inset Graphics
38924 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
38925 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38926 rotateOrigin center
38935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38941 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38955 \begin_layout Subsection
38956 View / Update Toolbar
38957 \begin_inset Index idx
38960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38961 Toolbar ! View / Update
38969 \begin_layout Standard
38970 \begin_inset Graphics
38971 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
38978 \begin_layout Standard
38979 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38985 \begin_layout Standard
38986 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
38990 \begin_layout Standard
38991 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38997 \begin_layout Standard
38998 \begin_inset Tabular
38999 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
39000 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
39001 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39002 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39003 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39008 \begin_inset Graphics
39009 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
39010 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39011 rotateOrigin center
39020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39026 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39033 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39038 \begin_inset Graphics
39039 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
39040 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39041 rotateOrigin center
39050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39056 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39057 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39064 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39069 \begin_inset Graphics
39070 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
39071 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39072 rotateOrigin center
39081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39087 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39094 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39099 \begin_inset Graphics
39100 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
39101 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39102 rotateOrigin center
39111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39117 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39118 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39125 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39130 \begin_inset Graphics
39131 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
39132 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39133 rotateOrigin center
39142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39148 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39155 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39160 \begin_inset Graphics
39161 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
39162 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39163 rotateOrigin center
39172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39178 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39179 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39193 \begin_layout Subsection
39197 \begin_layout Standard
39198 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
39199 \begin_inset space ~
39203 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39205 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
39209 , the table toolbar
39210 \begin_inset Index idx
39213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39223 manual, the math macro toolbar
39224 \begin_inset Index idx
39227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39240 \begin_layout Chapter
39241 The Document Settings
39242 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39244 name "cha:The-Document-Settings"
39249 \begin_inset Index idx
39252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39253 Document ! Settings
39261 \begin_layout Standard
39262 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
39263 whole document and is called with the menu
39265 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39269 You can save your document settings as default with th
39271 e Save as Document Defaults
39273 button in the dialog.
39274 This will create a template name
39282 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
39286 \begin_layout Standard
39287 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
39290 \begin_layout Section
39294 \begin_layout Standard
39295 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
39297 Document classes are described in section
39298 \begin_inset space ~
39302 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39304 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
39309 Some classes use some class options by default.
39310 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
39314 and you can decide to use them or not.
39315 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
39316 recommended not to touch them.
39317 The graphics driver is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout
39323 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
39324 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
39329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39330 When you want one of the following drivers
39331 \begin_inset Newline newline
39334 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
39335 \begin_inset Newline newline
39338 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
39339 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39343 \begin_inset CommandInset href
39345 target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
39357 \begin_layout Standard
39358 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
39359 child or subdocument.
39360 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
39361 without its master.
39362 This way child documents are always compilable.
39363 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
39374 \begin_layout Section
39378 \begin_layout Standard
39379 Modules are explained in section
39380 \begin_inset space ~
39384 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39386 reference "sub:Modules"
39393 \begin_layout Section
39397 \begin_layout Standard
39398 The document font settings are described in section
39399 \begin_inset space ~
39403 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39405 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
39412 \begin_layout Section
39416 \begin_layout Standard
39417 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
39419 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
39423 \begin_layout Standard
39424 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
39425 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
39426 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
39429 \begin_layout Standard
39430 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
39438 \begin_layout Section
39442 \begin_layout Standard
39443 A description of this menu is given in section
39444 \begin_inset space ~
39448 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39450 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
39455 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39457 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
39464 \begin_layout Section
39468 \begin_layout Standard
39469 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
39470 \begin_inset space ~
39474 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39476 reference "sub:Margins"
39483 \begin_layout Section
39485 \begin_inset Index idx
39488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39489 Language ! Encoding
39497 \begin_layout Standard
39498 The document language and quote styles are set here.
39499 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
39500 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
39501 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
39502 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
39503 known for a particular character).
39507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39508 The known commands are defined in a text file.
39509 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
39514 manual for details.
39522 \begin_layout Standard
39523 If you use the option
39527 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
39528 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
39529 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
39530 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
39531 exactly one encoding.
39532 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
39540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39541 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
39542 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
39544 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
39545 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39559 \begin_layout Standard
39560 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
39561 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
39562 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
39563 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
39564 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
39565 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
39570 (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
39571 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
39572 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
39575 \begin_layout Standard
39576 Here is a list with the important encodings:
39579 \begin_layout Description
39581 \begin_inset space ~
39585 \begin_inset space ~
39589 \begin_inset space ~
39596 , but the LaTeX-package
39601 \begin_inset Index idx
39604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39605 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
39611 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
39612 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
39613 languages in TeX code.
39616 \begin_layout Description
39617 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
39618 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
39619 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
39622 \begin_layout Description
39624 \begin_inset space ~
39628 \begin_inset space ~
39631 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
39634 \begin_layout Description
39636 \begin_inset space ~
39640 \begin_inset space ~
39643 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
39646 \begin_layout Description
39648 \begin_inset space ~
39651 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
39654 \begin_layout Description
39656 \begin_inset space ~
39660 \begin_inset space ~
39663 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the same
39664 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
39667 \begin_layout Description
39669 \begin_inset space ~
39673 \begin_inset space ~
39676 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
39680 \begin_layout Description
39682 \begin_inset space ~
39686 \begin_inset space ~
39689 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a subset of the
39690 ISO-8859-13 encoding
39693 \begin_layout Description
39695 \begin_inset space ~
39699 \begin_inset space ~
39703 \begin_inset space ~
39706 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
39707 \begin_inset space ~
39713 \begin_layout Description
39715 \begin_inset space ~
39719 \begin_inset space ~
39723 \begin_inset space ~
39726 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
39727 Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
39730 \begin_layout Description
39732 \begin_inset space ~
39736 \begin_inset space ~
39739 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
39740 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
39741 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
39742 \begin_inset space ~
39746 \begin_inset space ~
39752 \begin_layout Description
39754 \begin_inset space ~
39758 \begin_inset space ~
39761 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
39762 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
39763 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
39764 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
39765 \begin_inset space ~
39769 \begin_inset space ~
39775 \begin_layout Description
39777 \begin_inset space ~
39781 \begin_inset space ~
39784 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
39787 \begin_layout Description
39789 \begin_inset space ~
39793 \begin_inset space ~
39796 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
39799 \begin_layout Description
39801 \begin_inset space ~
39805 \begin_inset space ~
39808 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian, and Ukrainian
39811 \begin_layout Description
39813 \begin_inset space ~
39816 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
39819 \begin_layout Description
39821 \begin_inset space ~
39824 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
39827 \begin_layout Description
39829 \begin_inset space ~
39833 \begin_inset space ~
39836 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
39839 \begin_layout Description
39841 \begin_inset space ~
39845 \begin_inset space ~
39851 \begin_layout Description
39853 \begin_inset space ~
39857 \begin_inset space ~
39860 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
39863 \begin_layout Description
39865 \begin_inset space ~
39869 \begin_inset space ~
39875 \begin_layout Description
39877 \begin_inset space ~
39881 \begin_inset space ~
39884 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39889 \begin_inset Index idx
39892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39893 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
39898 , when using this, set the document language to
39903 \begin_layout Description
39905 \begin_inset space ~
39909 \begin_inset space ~
39912 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39916 , when using this, set the document language to
39921 \begin_layout Description
39923 \begin_inset space ~
39927 \begin_inset space ~
39930 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39935 \begin_inset Index idx
39938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39939 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
39944 , when using this, set the document language to
39949 \begin_layout Description
39951 \begin_inset space ~
39955 \begin_inset space ~
39958 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39962 , when using this, set the document language to
39967 \begin_layout Description
39969 \begin_inset space ~
39973 \begin_inset space ~
39976 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39980 , when using this, set the document language to
39985 \begin_layout Description
39987 \begin_inset space ~
39990 (EUC-KR) for Korean
39993 \begin_layout Description
39995 \begin_inset space ~
39999 \begin_inset space ~
40003 \begin_inset space ~
40006 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and Turkish
40009 \begin_layout Description
40011 \begin_inset space ~
40015 \begin_inset space ~
40019 \begin_inset space ~
40022 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
40023 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian, Slovenian, is designed
40024 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
40027 \begin_layout Description
40029 \begin_inset space ~
40033 \begin_inset space ~
40039 \begin_layout Description
40041 \begin_inset space ~
40045 \begin_inset space ~
40048 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
40049 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
40052 \begin_layout Description
40054 \begin_inset space ~
40058 \begin_inset space ~
40061 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
40066 \begin_inset Index idx
40069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40070 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
40075 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
40078 \begin_layout Description
40080 \begin_inset space ~
40084 \begin_inset space ~
40087 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
40091 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
40099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40100 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
40101 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
40115 \begin_layout Description
40117 \begin_inset space ~
40121 \begin_inset space ~
40124 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX package
40129 \begin_inset Index idx
40132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40133 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
40138 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
40141 \begin_layout Description
40143 \begin_inset space ~
40146 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
40151 \begin_inset Index idx
40154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40155 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
40161 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
40165 \begin_layout Description
40167 \begin_inset space ~
40171 \begin_inset space ~
40175 \begin_inset space ~
40178 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
40179 \begin_inset space ~
40185 \begin_layout Description
40187 \begin_inset space ~
40191 \begin_inset space ~
40195 \begin_inset space ~
40198 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
40199 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
40200 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-1
40204 \begin_layout Description
40206 \begin_inset space ~
40210 \begin_inset space ~
40214 \begin_inset space ~
40217 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
40218 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
40221 \begin_layout Section
40225 \begin_layout Standard
40226 You can adjust here the numbering depth of section headings and the section
40227 depth in the table of contents as described in section
40228 \begin_inset space ~
40232 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40234 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
40241 \begin_layout Section
40245 \begin_layout Standard
40246 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX packages
40251 \begin_inset Index idx
40254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40255 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
40265 \begin_inset Index idx
40268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40269 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
40274 , you can enable subdivided bibliographies using the LaTeX package
40279 \begin_inset Index idx
40282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40283 LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic
40288 and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being
40290 For a further description see section
40291 \begin_inset space ~
40295 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40297 reference "sec:Bibliography"
40304 \begin_layout Section
40308 \begin_layout Standard
40309 Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated
40310 and you can define additional indexes.
40311 Please refer to section
40312 \begin_inset space ~
40316 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40318 reference "sec:Index"
40325 \begin_layout Section
40329 \begin_layout Standard
40330 The PDF properties are explained in section
40331 \begin_inset space ~
40335 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40337 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
40344 \begin_layout Section
40348 \begin_layout Standard
40349 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
40354 \begin_inset Index idx
40357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40358 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
40368 \begin_inset Index idx
40371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40372 LaTeX-packages ! esint
40377 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
40380 \begin_layout Standard
40385 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
40386 ensure that you have enabled AMS.
40389 \begin_layout Standard
40394 is used for special integral characters.
40397 \begin_layout Section
40401 \begin_layout Standard
40402 The float placement options are described in section
40403 \begin_inset space ~
40407 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40409 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
40416 \begin_layout Section
40420 \begin_layout Standard
40421 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
40422 The itemize environment is described in section
40423 \begin_inset space ~
40427 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40429 reference "sec:Itemize"
40436 \begin_layout Section
40440 \begin_layout Standard
40441 Branches are described in section
40442 \begin_inset space ~
40446 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40448 reference "sec:Branches"
40455 \begin_layout Section
40460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40470 \begin_layout Standard
40471 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
40472 to define LaTeX-commands.
40473 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
40474 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
40478 \begin_layout Standard
40479 An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
40480 \begin_inset space ~
40484 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40486 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
40493 \begin_layout Chapter
40499 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40501 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
40506 \begin_inset Index idx
40509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40518 \begin_layout Standard
40519 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
40521 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40525 It has the following submenus.
40528 \begin_layout Section
40532 \begin_layout Subsection
40536 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40537 User Interface File
40538 \begin_inset Index idx
40541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40542 Customization ! of toolbars
40548 \begin_inset Index idx
40551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40552 Customization ! of menus
40560 \begin_layout Standard
40561 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40569 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
40578 \begin_layout Standard
40579 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
40580 interface (ui) file.
40581 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
40582 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
40591 Both files are loaded by the
40596 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
40597 files and edit the entries.
40600 \begin_layout Standard
40601 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
40613 entries must be ended with an explicit
40638 and in the case of the
40639 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40643 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40651 The syntax for the entries is:
40654 \begin_layout Standard
40655 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40661 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40669 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40673 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40677 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40683 \begin_layout Standard
40685 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40688 All LyX-functions are listed in
40689 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
40698 \begin_layout Standard
40699 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
40705 \begin_layout Standard
40706 An example: Assuming you use the menu
40708 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40711 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
40715 \begin_layout Standard
40716 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40722 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40726 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40730 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40734 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40740 \begin_layout Standard
40742 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40745 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
40748 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40752 \begin_layout Standard
40755 Enable tool tips in main work area
40757 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
40761 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40765 \begin_layout Standard
40769 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40773 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40776 restoring of window layout and geometries
40778 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
40779 in the last LyX session.
40782 \begin_layout Standard
40785 Restore cursor positions
40787 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
40791 \begin_layout Standard
40794 Load opened files from last session
40796 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
40799 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40801 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40803 name "sub:Backup documents"
40808 \begin_inset Index idx
40811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40820 \begin_layout Standard
40825 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
40828 \begin_layout Standard
40833 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
40836 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40838 \begin_inset space ~
40846 \begin_layout Standard
40849 Open documents in tabs
40851 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
40855 \begin_layout Subsection
40857 \begin_inset Index idx
40860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40867 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40869 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
40876 \begin_layout Standard
40877 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
40880 \begin_layout Standard
40881 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40889 This section only deals with the fonts
40894 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
40897 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40898 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40909 \begin_layout Standard
40910 By default, LyX uses
40914 as roman (serif) font,
40922 (depends on the system) as
40925 \begin_inset space ~
40941 \begin_layout Standard
40942 You can change the font size with the
40947 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
40948 current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel.
40951 \begin_layout Standard
40956 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
40957 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
40959 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40962 points have the size of 1
40963 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40967 \begin_inset space ~
40971 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40973 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
40980 \begin_layout Standard
40985 are the same as if a document font size of 10
40986 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40990 The sizes are explained in detail in section
40991 \begin_inset space ~
40995 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40997 reference "sub:Document-Font"
41004 \begin_layout Standard
41007 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
41009 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
41010 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
41011 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
41012 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
41014 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
41015 \begin_inset space ~
41021 \begin_layout Subsection
41023 \begin_inset Index idx
41026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41033 \begin_inset Index idx
41036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41045 \begin_layout Standard
41046 You can here change all the colors used by LyX.
41047 Choose an item in the list and use the
41054 \begin_layout Subsection
41056 \begin_inset Index idx
41059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41068 \begin_layout Standard
41069 Here you can specify if graphics inside LyX are displayed.
41072 \begin_layout Standard
41077 enables previewing snippets of your document.
41078 This feature is described in section
41079 \begin_inset space ~
41083 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41085 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
41092 \begin_layout Standard
41096 \begin_inset space ~
41100 \begin_inset space ~
41104 \begin_inset space ~
41109 displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph.
41112 \begin_layout Section
41114 \begin_inset Index idx
41117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41126 \begin_layout Subsection
41130 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41134 \begin_layout Standard
41137 Cursor follows scrollbar
41139 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
41143 \begin_layout Standard
41146 Sort environments alphabetically
41148 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
41151 \begin_layout Standard
41154 Group environments by their category
41156 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
41159 \begin_layout Standard
41160 The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
41172 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41176 \begin_layout Standard
41177 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
41182 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
41183 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
41187 \begin_layout Subsection
41189 \begin_inset Index idx
41192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41199 \begin_inset Index idx
41202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41203 Settings ! Shortcuts
41211 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41215 \begin_layout Standard
41216 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
41217 Several binding files are available:
41220 \begin_layout Description
41221 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
41224 \begin_layout Description
41225 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
41236 \begin_layout Description
41237 mac.bind set of bindings for
41240 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41248 \begin_layout Standard
41249 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
41253 , and bind files for special languages.
41254 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
41255 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41259 \begin_inset space \space{}
41263 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41267 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41271 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
41275 \begin_layout Standard
41276 Some bind-files, like
41280 , have only a small scope.
41281 When looking at the end of the file
41285 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
41288 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41290 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41292 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
41297 \begin_inset Index idx
41300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41301 Key Bindings ! Editing
41309 \begin_layout Standard
41310 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
41311 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
41312 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
41315 Show key-bindings containing
41318 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
41319 Insert there for example as keyword
41320 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41324 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41327 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
41329 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41333 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41337 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
41338 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
41342 that you will find in the
41349 \begin_layout Standard
41351 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41355 \begin_inset space \space{}
41366 , select the function and press the
41371 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
41372 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
41373 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
41374 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
41375 binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
41377 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
41379 The binding for the function
41383 is an example of this.
41386 \begin_layout Standard
41387 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
41389 The syntax of the entries is:
41392 \begin_layout Standard
41398 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41402 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41406 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41410 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41416 \begin_layout Subsection
41418 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41422 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41426 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41428 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
41433 \begin_inset Index idx
41436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41443 \begin_inset Index idx
41446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41447 Settings ! Keyboard Map
41455 \begin_layout Standard
41456 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
41457 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
41459 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41463 \begin_inset space \space{}
41466 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
41467 can use the keyboard map file named
41474 \begin_layout Standard
41475 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41483 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
41491 \begin_layout Standard
41492 Besides this, you can specify here the
41494 Wheel scrolling speed
41497 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
41501 \begin_layout Subsection
41503 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41505 name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
41510 \begin_inset Index idx
41513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41522 \begin_layout Standard
41523 Input completion is described in sec.
41524 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41528 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41530 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
41535 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
41537 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
41538 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
41542 \begin_layout Section
41544 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41551 \begin_inset Index idx
41554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41561 \begin_inset Index idx
41564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41573 \begin_layout Description
41575 \begin_inset space ~
41578 directory This is LyX's working directory.
41579 It is the default when you
41590 \begin_inset space ~
41598 \begin_layout Description
41600 \begin_inset space ~
41603 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
41605 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41607 \begin_inset space ~
41611 \begin_inset space ~
41619 \begin_layout Description
41621 \begin_inset space ~
41624 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
41630 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41634 \begin_inset Newline newline
41638 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41650 button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
41658 \begin_layout Description
41660 \begin_inset space ~
41664 \begin_inset Index idx
41667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41673 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
41674 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
41675 \begin_inset space ~
41679 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41681 reference "sub:Backup documents"
41689 will be used to save the backups.
41690 \begin_inset Newline newline
41693 The backup files have the ending
41694 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41698 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41704 \begin_layout Description
41709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41716 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
41717 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
41718 \begin_inset Newline newline
41722 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41730 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
41738 \begin_layout Description
41740 \begin_inset space ~
41743 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
41746 \begin_layout Description
41748 \begin_inset space ~
41751 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
41752 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
41753 to find it on the system.
41754 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
41755 is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
41757 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41761 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41764 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
41765 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
41769 \begin_layout Section
41773 \begin_layout Standard
41774 Here you can insert your name and email address.
41775 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
41777 \begin_inset space ~
41781 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41783 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
41787 , to mark changes you make as yours.
41790 \begin_layout Section
41792 \begin_inset Index idx
41795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41796 Language ! Settings
41802 \begin_inset Index idx
41805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41806 Settings ! Language
41814 \begin_layout Subsection
41818 \begin_layout Description
41820 \begin_inset space ~
41824 \begin_inset space ~
41827 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
41828 Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
41829 It works on Linux for the languages into LyX's menus and dialogs are translated.
41830 You find the actual translation status here:
41831 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41833 name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
41834 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
41841 \begin_layout Description
41843 \begin_inset space ~
41846 language is the language used in new documents
41849 \begin_layout Description
41851 \begin_inset space ~
41854 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
41856 The default is the LaTeX-command
41862 that loads the package
41870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41871 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
41872 \begin_inset space ~
41876 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41878 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
41888 \begin_inset Newline newline
41895 automatically translates in the background the text labels of documents
41896 to the document language.
41897 A text label is, for instance, the word
41898 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41902 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41905 at the beginning of every table caption.
41908 \begin_layout Description
41910 \begin_inset space ~
41913 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
41914 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
41915 An example is the start command
41921 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
41926 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
41941 selectlanguage{$$lang}
41946 \begin_layout Description
41948 \begin_inset space ~
41956 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
41957 command toggles the package on and off.
41960 \begin_layout Description
41962 \begin_inset space ~
41972 \begin_layout Description
41973 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
41974 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
41975 used by all LaTeX-packages.
41976 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
41983 \begin_layout Description
41985 \begin_inset space ~
41988 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
41990 When this option is not set, the
41993 \begin_inset space ~
41998 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
41999 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
42002 \begin_inset space ~
42010 \begin_layout Description
42012 \begin_inset space ~
42018 \begin_inset space ~
42024 When it is not set, the
42027 \begin_inset space ~
42032 is set to the end of the document.
42035 \begin_layout Description
42037 \begin_inset space ~
42041 \begin_inset space ~
42044 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
42045 language will be underlined blue.
42048 \begin_layout Description
42050 \begin_inset space ~
42054 \begin_inset space ~
42057 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
42058 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
42061 \begin_layout Description
42063 \begin_inset space ~
42066 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
42067 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
42068 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
42069 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
42072 \begin_layout Subsection
42076 \begin_layout Standard
42077 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
42078 \begin_inset space ~
42082 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42084 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
42091 \begin_layout Section
42095 \begin_layout Subsection
42097 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42104 \begin_inset Index idx
42107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42114 \begin_inset Index idx
42117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42126 \begin_layout Description
42128 \begin_inset space ~
42131 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
42132 The name will be used when the
42137 \begin_inset Newline newline
42141 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
42144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42149 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
42157 \begin_layout Description
42159 \begin_inset space ~
42163 \begin_inset space ~
42167 \begin_inset space ~
42170 printer This option works only for the
42175 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42183 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42187 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
42188 This is an option only for dvips experts.
42191 \begin_layout Description
42193 \begin_inset space ~
42196 command is the command LyX
42197 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42201 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42204 LaTeX uses for printing.
42205 The default is on most systems
42212 \begin_layout Description
42214 \begin_inset space ~
42218 \begin_inset space ~
42221 Options Here you can specify printer options.
42222 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
42223 of the program that provides the
42230 \begin_layout Subsection
42232 \begin_inset Index idx
42235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42242 \begin_inset Index idx
42245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42246 Settings ! Date format
42254 \begin_layout Standard
42255 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
42256 \begin_inset Newline newline
42260 \begin_inset Flex URL
42263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42265 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
42271 \begin_inset Newline newline
42274 For example the format
42275 \begin_inset Newline newline
42279 \begin_inset Newline newline
42282 prints the date as day/month/year.
42285 \begin_layout Subsection
42289 \begin_layout Description
42291 \begin_inset space ~
42295 \begin_inset space ~
42298 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
42301 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42302 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42304 \begin_inset space ~
42310 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
42314 \begin_layout Description
42316 \begin_inset space ~
42319 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
42324 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
42325 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
42328 \begin_layout Subsection
42333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42341 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42343 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
42348 \begin_inset Index idx
42351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42360 \begin_layout Description
42365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42373 \begin_inset space ~
42376 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
42381 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
42403 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
42404 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42412 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42416 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
42417 LyX sets up in the background.
42418 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
42421 \begin_layout Description
42423 \begin_inset space ~
42427 \begin_inset space ~
42430 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
42435 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
42438 \begin_layout Standard
42439 You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
42440 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
42441 manuals of the applications.
42442 Currently the following commands can be set:
42445 \begin_layout Description
42450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42458 \begin_inset space ~
42461 command Command for the program
42465 that is described in the section
42471 Additional Features
42476 \begin_layout Description
42481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42489 \begin_inset space ~
42492 command Command for the program
42496 that generates the bibliography, see section
42497 \begin_inset space ~
42501 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42503 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
42510 \begin_layout Description
42512 \begin_inset space ~
42515 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
42516 \begin_inset space ~
42520 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42522 reference "sub:Index-Program"
42529 \begin_layout Description
42531 \begin_inset space ~
42534 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
42535 \begin_inset space ~
42539 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42541 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
42548 \begin_layout Description
42550 \begin_inset space ~
42554 \begin_inset space ~
42558 \begin_inset space ~
42562 \begin_inset space ~
42565 options They only have an effect when the program
42569 is used as DVI-viewer.
42572 \begin_layout Standard
42573 There are additionally the following options:
42576 \begin_layout Description
42578 \begin_inset space ~
42582 \begin_inset space ~
42586 \begin_inset space ~
42590 \begin_inset space ~
42594 \begin_inset space ~
42597 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
42598 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42604 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42608 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42612 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42615 to separate folders.
42616 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
42617 \begin_inset Index idx
42620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42627 \begin_inset Index idx
42630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42639 \begin_layout Description
42641 \begin_inset space ~
42645 \begin_inset space ~
42649 \begin_inset space ~
42653 \begin_inset space ~
42657 \begin_inset space ~
42661 \begin_inset space ~
42664 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
42666 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42669 dialog when changing the document class.
42672 \begin_layout Section
42674 \begin_inset space ~
42678 \begin_inset Index idx
42681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42690 \begin_layout Subsection
42692 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42694 name "sub:Converters"
42699 \begin_inset Index idx
42702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42711 \begin_layout Standard
42712 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
42713 from one format to another.
42714 You can modify them or create new ones.
42715 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
42722 \begin_inset space ~
42732 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
42736 \begin_inset space ~
42741 drop-down list, modify the
42745 field, and press the
42752 \begin_layout Standard
42755 Converter File Cache
42757 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
42760 Maximum Age (in days
42763 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
42764 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
42767 \begin_layout Standard
42768 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
42769 the converter definition, is described in the section
42780 \begin_layout Subsection
42782 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42784 name "sec:File-Formats"
42789 \begin_inset Index idx
42792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42799 \begin_inset Index idx
42802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42811 \begin_layout Standard
42812 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
42813 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
42817 \begin_layout Standard
42818 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
42819 is described in the section
42830 \begin_layout Standard
42831 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
42832 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
42833 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
42834 This is done by specifying a
42839 More about this is described in the section
42850 \begin_layout Chapter
42851 Units available in LyX
42852 \begin_inset Index idx
42855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42862 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42864 name "cha:Units-available-in"
42871 \begin_layout Standard
42872 To understand the units described in this documentation,
42873 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42875 reference "cap:Units"
42879 explains all units available in LyX.
42882 \begin_layout Standard
42883 \begin_inset Float table
42889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42890 \begin_inset Caption
42892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42893 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42908 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
42914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42916 \begin_inset Tabular
42917 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
42918 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
42919 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
42920 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
42922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43016 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43020 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43044 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43048 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43071 scaled point (65536
43072 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43076 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43100 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43104 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43128 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43132 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
43136 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43160 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43164 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43187 % of original image width
43194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43376 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43380 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43401 \begin_layout Chapter
43403 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43412 \begin_layout Standard
43413 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
43414 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
43417 \begin_layout Itemize
43420 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
43423 \begin_layout Itemize
43429 \begin_layout Itemize
43435 \begin_layout Itemize
43441 \begin_layout Itemize
43447 \begin_layout Itemize
43453 \begin_layout Itemize
43459 \begin_layout Itemize
43465 \begin_layout Itemize
43468 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
43471 \begin_layout Itemize
43477 \begin_layout Itemize
43483 \begin_layout Itemize
43489 \begin_layout Itemize
43495 \begin_layout Itemize
43501 \begin_layout Itemize
43507 \begin_layout Itemize
43513 \begin_layout Itemize
43519 \begin_layout Itemize
43521 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
43530 \begin_layout Standard
43531 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
43534 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
43541 \begin_layout Bibliography
43542 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43543 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43544 LatexCommand bibitem
43551 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43554 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
43559 \begin_inset Newline newline
43563 \begin_inset Flex URL
43566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43568 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
43576 \begin_layout Bibliography
43577 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43578 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43579 LatexCommand bibitem
43580 key "latexcompanion"
43584 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
43586 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
43589 Addison-Wesley, 2004
43592 \begin_layout Bibliography
43593 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43594 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43595 LatexCommand bibitem
43600 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
43603 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
43606 Addison-Wesley, 2003
43609 \begin_layout Bibliography
43610 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43611 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43612 LatexCommand bibitem
43619 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
43622 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
43625 \begin_layout Bibliography
43626 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43627 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43628 LatexCommand bibitem
43640 Addison-Wesley, 1984
43643 \begin_layout Bibliography
43644 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43645 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43646 LatexCommand bibitem
43652 \begin_inset Newline newline
43656 \begin_inset Flex URL
43659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43661 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
43669 \begin_layout Bibliography
43670 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43671 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43672 LatexCommand bibitem
43678 \begin_inset Newline newline
43682 \begin_inset Flex URL
43685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43687 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
43695 \begin_layout Bibliography
43696 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43697 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43698 LatexCommand bibitem
43704 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43706 name "Documentation"
43707 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
43716 \begin_inset Newline newline
43720 \begin_inset Flex URL
43723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43725 http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
43733 \begin_layout Bibliography
43734 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43735 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43736 LatexCommand bibitem
43742 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43744 name "Documentation"
43745 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
43749 how to use the program
43754 \begin_inset Newline newline
43758 \begin_inset Flex URL
43761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43763 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
43771 \begin_layout Bibliography
43772 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43773 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43774 LatexCommand bibitem
43780 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43782 name "Documentation"
43783 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
43792 \begin_inset Newline newline
43796 \begin_inset Flex URL
43799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43801 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
43809 \begin_layout Bibliography
43810 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43811 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43812 LatexCommand bibitem
43818 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43820 name "Documentation"
43821 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
43830 \begin_inset Newline newline
43834 \begin_inset Flex URL
43837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43839 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
43847 \begin_layout Bibliography
43848 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43849 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43850 LatexCommand bibitem
43856 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43858 name "Documentation"
43859 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
43863 of the LaTeX-package
43868 \begin_inset Index idx
43871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43872 LaTeX-packages ! caption
43878 \begin_inset Newline newline
43882 \begin_inset Flex URL
43885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43887 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
43895 \begin_layout Bibliography
43896 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43897 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43898 LatexCommand bibitem
43904 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43906 name "Documentation"
43907 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
43911 of the LaTeX-package
43916 \begin_inset Index idx
43919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43920 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
43926 \begin_inset Newline newline
43930 \begin_inset Flex URL
43933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43935 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
43943 \begin_layout Bibliography
43944 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43945 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43946 LatexCommand bibitem
43954 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43956 name "Documentation"
43957 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
43963 of the LaTeX-package
43968 \begin_inset Index idx
43971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43972 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
43978 \begin_inset Newline newline
43982 \begin_inset Flex URL
43985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43987 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
43995 \begin_layout Bibliography
43996 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43997 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43998 LatexCommand bibitem
44004 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44006 name "Documentation"
44007 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
44011 of the LaTeX-package
44016 \begin_inset Index idx
44019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44020 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
44026 \begin_inset Newline newline
44030 \begin_inset Flex URL
44033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44035 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
44043 \begin_layout Bibliography
44044 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44045 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44046 LatexCommand bibitem
44052 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44054 name "Documentation"
44055 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
44059 of the LaTeX-package
44064 \begin_inset Index idx
44067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44068 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
44074 \begin_inset Newline newline
44078 \begin_inset Flex URL
44081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44083 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
44091 \begin_layout Bibliography
44092 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44093 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44094 LatexCommand bibitem
44100 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44102 name "Documentation"
44103 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
44107 of the LaTeX-package
44112 \begin_inset Index idx
44115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44116 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
44122 \begin_inset Newline newline
44126 \begin_inset Flex URL
44129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44131 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
44139 \begin_layout Bibliography
44140 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44141 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44142 LatexCommand bibitem
44148 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44151 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
44155 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
44156 \begin_inset Newline newline
44160 \begin_inset Flex URL
44163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44165 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
44173 \begin_layout Bibliography
44174 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44175 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44176 LatexCommand bibitem
44182 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44185 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
44189 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
44190 \begin_inset Newline newline
44194 \begin_inset Flex URL
44197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44199 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
44207 \begin_layout Bibliography
44208 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44209 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44210 LatexCommand bibitem
44216 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44219 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
44223 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
44224 \begin_inset Newline newline
44228 \begin_inset Flex URL
44231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44233 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
44241 \begin_layout Bibliography
44242 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44243 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44244 LatexCommand bibitem
44250 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44253 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
44257 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
44258 \begin_inset Newline newline
44262 \begin_inset Flex URL
44265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44267 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
44275 \begin_layout Bibliography
44276 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44277 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44278 LatexCommand bibitem
44284 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44287 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
44291 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
44292 \begin_inset Newline newline
44296 \begin_inset Flex URL
44299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44301 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
44309 \begin_layout Bibliography
44310 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44311 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44312 LatexCommand bibitem
44318 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44321 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
44325 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
44326 \begin_inset Newline newline
44330 \begin_inset Flex URL
44333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44335 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
44343 \begin_layout Bibliography
44344 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44345 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44346 LatexCommand bibitem
44352 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44355 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
44359 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
44360 \begin_inset Newline newline
44364 \begin_inset Flex URL
44367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44369 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
44377 \begin_layout Bibliography
44378 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44379 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44380 LatexCommand bibitem
44386 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44389 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
44393 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
44394 \begin_inset Newline newline
44398 \begin_inset Flex URL
44401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44403 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
44411 \begin_layout Bibliography
44412 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44413 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44414 LatexCommand bibitem
44420 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44423 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
44427 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
44428 \begin_inset Newline newline
44432 \begin_inset Flex URL
44435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44437 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
44445 \begin_layout Bibliography
44446 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44447 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44448 LatexCommand bibitem
44454 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44457 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
44461 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
44462 \begin_inset Newline newline
44466 \begin_inset Flex URL
44469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44471 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
44479 \begin_layout Bibliography
44480 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44481 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44482 LatexCommand bibitem
44488 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44491 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
44495 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
44496 \begin_inset Newline newline
44500 \begin_inset Flex URL
44503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44505 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
44513 \begin_layout Bibliography
44514 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44515 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44516 LatexCommand bibitem
44522 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44525 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16"
44529 about new features in
44534 \begin_inset Newline newline
44538 \begin_inset Flex URL
44541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44543 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16
44551 \begin_layout Standard
44552 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
44559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44586 \begin_inset Note Note
44589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44596 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
44597 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
44598 bibliography is the second one:
44606 \begin_layout Standard
44607 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
44608 LatexCommand bibtex
44609 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
44610 options "biblio/alphadin"
44617 \begin_layout Standard
44618 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
44621 \begin_layout Standard
44622 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
44623 LatexCommand printnomenclature
44629 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
44630 LatexCommand printindex